446
Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar 1. THE PARTS OF SPEECH We use words in order to express our thoughts. These words are divided into different classes or kinds according to the purpose for which they are used. The different kinds of words are called PARTS OF SPEECH. They are of eight kinds:- 1. Noun 5. Adverbs 2. Pronoun 6. Preposition 3. Adjective 7. Conjunction 4. Verb 8. Interjection i) The Noun : - A noun is the name of a person, place, animal or a thing. Eg. man, India, basket. ii) The Pronoun : - which is used instead of a noun in order to avoid its repetition. Eg.I, we, they, you. iii) The Adjective : - which adds something to the meaning of the noun. It qualifies the noun by describing its quality or quantity. Eg. good man, tall boy, long legs, huge ball. iv) The Verb : - A verb is a word used to express an action or state. Eg. Jack laughed , The bell rang , The tree fell , Kolkata is a big city. v) The Adverb : - a word which modifies a verb or an adjective or another adverb. Eg.Jack laughed loudly . The Tree fell suddenly , She is very proud. 1

ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

1. THE PARTS OF SPEECHWe use words in order to express our thoughts. These words are divided into

different classes or kinds according to the purpose for which they are used. The different kinds of words are called PARTS OF SPEECH. They are of eight kinds:-

1. Noun 5. Adverbs

2. Pronoun 6. Preposition

3. Adjective 7. Conjunction

4. Verb 8. Interjection

i) The Noun: - A noun is the name of a person, place, animal or a thing.

Eg. man, India, basket.

ii) The Pronoun: - which is used instead of a noun in order to avoid its repetition.

Eg.I, we, they, you.

iii) The Adjective: - which adds something to the meaning of the noun. It qualifies the noun

by describing its quality or quantity.

Eg. good man, tall boy, long legs, huge ball.

iv) The Verb: - A verb is a word used to express an action or state.

Eg. Jack laughed, The bell rang, The tree fell, Kolkata is a big city.

v) The Adverb: - a word which modifies a verb or an adjective or another adverb.

Eg.Jack laughed loudly. The Tree fell suddenly, She is very proud.

vi)The Preposition:- A preposition denotes the relationship of a noun or a pronoun with the other objects in the sentence.

Eg. On, in, into, of , from, for, to

vii) The Conjunction: - which joins words or sentences.

Eg. 1) Jack fell down and broke his crown. 2) Two and three make five.

viii) The Interjection: - It expresses sudden feelings or emotions.

Eg. Oh!, Hi!, Hello!, Hush!.

1

Page 2: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

THE NOUN

Noun: A noun is a word used as the name of a person, place, animal or thing. In

short, all naming words are nouns. Classification: - Nouns are classified into five kinds.

NOUN

PROPER NOUN COMMON NOUN MATERIAL NOUN COLLECTIVE NOUN ABSTRACT NOUN

1. Proper noun: - A proper noun is the name of any particular person ,place or a thing.

(‘Proper’ means own. Hence a proper name is a person’s own name.)Proper nouns always begin with a capital letter at the beginning.

E.g. Asoka was a wise king. Asoka : - proper noun

2. Common noun: - A common noun is a name given in common to every person or thing of the same class or kind.E.g. Asoka was a great king. King: - common noun

3. Material noun: - The raw material, which we use to produce something and make it into a finished product, is known as material noun.E.g. This table is made of wood. Wood: - material noun

4. Collective noun: - A collective noun is the name of a number (or collection) of persons or things taken together and spoken of as one whole; as –

An army ------ a collection of soldiers A fleet ------- a collection of ships or vessels

A crowd ------- a collection of peopleE.g. The French army was defeated at Waterloo. Army: - collective noun

5. Abstract noun: - An abstract noun is usually the name of a quality, action, or state considered apart from the object to which it belongs as: Quality – goodness, kindness, whiteness. Action – laughter, theft, movement. State – childhood, boyhood, youth.E.g. I remember the days of my childhood. Childhood: - abstract noun

2

Page 3: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

THE PRONOUN

Definition: A word which is used instead of a noun is called a pronoun. (Pronoun means for-a-noun)

Classification: - Pronouns are classified into five types. They are: - 1. Personal pronoun2. Relative pronoun3. Demonstrative pronoun4. Reflexive pronoun5. Interrogative pronoun

1. Personal pronoun: - The pronouns which stand for persons are called as personal pronouns.

PERSONAL PRONOUN

Pronoun Noun – number Nominative Possessive Accusative

FirstPerson

Singular I My, Mine MePlural We Our, Ours Us

SecondPerson

Singular You You, Yours YouPlural You You, Yours You

Third Person

Singular He, She, It His, Her, Hers, Its Him, Her, ItPlural They Their, Theirs Them

2. Relative pronoun: - It is used to join two sentences in which the relation is shown to

someone. Relative pronouns are who, whose, what, that, which etc., E.g. The person who is standing next to the door is my sister.

3. Demonstrative pronoun: - This, that, these and those are called Demonstrative pronouns E.g. This belongs to me.

4. Reflexive pronoun: - The pronouns which are used to (eflect upon the subject itself. So, these pronouns are called as Reflexive pronouns.

Reflexive pronouns are myself, yourself, himself, itself etc., E.g. They hurt themselves.

5. Interrogative pronoun: - The pronouns which ask questions or which are used in

question form are called as Interrogative pronouns. Interrogative pronouns are who, whom, whose, which, what etc., E.g. Whom do you want?

3

Page 4: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

THE NOUN

EXERCISE – 1.1

I. Identify the nouns and name their kinds: -

1. The crowd was very big.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. Always speak the truth.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

3. We all love honesty.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

4. Our class consists of twenty pupils.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

5. The elephant has great strength.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

6. Solomon was famous for his wisdom.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

7. Cleanliness is next to Godliness.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

8. We saw a fleet of ships in the harbour.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

9. The class is studying Grammar.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

10. The Godavari overflows its banks every year.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

11. A committee of five was appointed.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

12. Jawaharlal Nehru was the first Prime Minister of India.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

13. The soldiers were rewarded for their bravery.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

14. Without health, there is no happiness.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

15. He gave me a bunch of grapes.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

4

Page 5: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

16. I recognized your voice at once.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

17. Our team is better than yours.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

18. Never tell a lie.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

19. Wisdom is better than strength.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

20. He sets a high value on his time.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

21. I believe in his innocence.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

22. This room is thirty feet in length.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

23. I often think of the happy days of my childhood.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

24. The streets of some of the cities are noted for their crookedness.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

25. What is your verdict, gentleman of jury?

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

THE PRONOUN

EXERCISE – 1.1

I. Pick out the pronoun in the following sentences and name its kind:

1. Alice was not a bit hurt, but she jumped upon her feet in a moment.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. There were doors all around the hall but they were all locked.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

3. Alice opened the door and found that it led into a small passage.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

4. “I wish I hadn’t cried so much,” said Alice.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

5

Page 6: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

5. “You are not attending,” said the mouse severely. “What are you thinking of?”

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

6. “Come back!” The caterpillar called after her. Alice turned and came back again.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

7. Hari brought his book and laid it on the table.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

8. Wasim has lost his dog and cannot find it.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

9. Suresh always stands top in his class as he works hard.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

10. Rama, you are a lazy boy.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

11. The camel is a beast of burden. It is used to carry loads.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

12. The female lion is called a lioness. She has no name.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

13. The horse fell down and broke its leg.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

14. Birds build their nests in trees.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

15. If the thief is caught, he will be punished.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

16. Train up a child in the way he should go and when he is old, he will not depart from

it.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

17. And Nathan said to David, “Thou art the man.”

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

18. We often deceive ourselves.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

19. The prisoner hanged himself.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

20. The pen that you gave me is a good one.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

6

Page 7: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

21. By whom was this book written?

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

22. Who did she say was the winner?

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

23. This is the book which you gave me yesterday.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

24. These mangoes are not so ripe as the ones which I brought yesterday.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

25. I hit myself against the wall.

A. …………………………………………………………………………………………

RELATIVE PRONOUNS

Relative Pronouns:The pronouns ‘who, whom, whose, which that etc.’ which join two sentences refer

back to nouns going before them are called Relative pronouns.The noun to which a Relative Pronoun refers or relates is called its ‘antecedent’.Relative Pronoun:It is so called because it refers or relates to some noun going before it.

FORMS OF RELATIVE PRONOUNSThe relative Pronoun ‘who’ has different forms.Who ---- NominativeWhose ---- PossessiveWhom ---- Objective

Who:As a rule, ‘who’ is used for persons only. It may refer to a singular or plural nounEx: A man who is honest is trusted.

The man who is going there is my brother.

Whose:It is used when speaking of persons.Ex: We met the woman whose child was hurt.

I saw a beggar whose leg was broken.

Whom:It is also used in speaking of persons.Ex: This is the friend whom we met last week.

Which:It is used for animals and non-living things in general.Ex: The cat which killed the rat belongs to her.

The book which I gave you is new.

7

Page 8: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

‘Which’ has the same form of the Nominative, accusative and it has no Genitive case, but

‘whose’ is used as a substitute for ‘which’.Ex: A triangle whose three sides are equal is called right angle triangle.

That:It is used for persons and things.Ex: The cat killed the rat that ate the corn.

I have lost the watch that you gave me.What:‘What’ refers to things only. It is used without an antecedent expressed, and is

equivalent to‘that which’ (or the thing which)

Ex: What has happened is not clear. I say what I mean. He failed in what he attempted.

EXAMPLES

WHO

1. There is a man standing at the bus stop. He is my uncle.The man who is standing at the bus stop is my uncle.

2. A blind orphan girl was adopted by a rich couple. She is very lucky.A blind orphan girl who was adopted by a rich couple is very lucky.

3. A girl is carrying the tray. She is my sister.The girl who is carrying the tray is my sister.

WHOM

1. Here is the man. I met him yesterday.Here is the man whom I met yesterday.

2. This is my cousin. I am speaking of him.This is my cousin whom I am speaking of.

3. There is a boy. I scolded him.There is a boy whom I scolded.

WHOSE

1. We saw a beggar. His leg was broken.We saw a beggar whose leg was broken.

2. We met Rama. His eyes were blue.We met Rama whose eyes were blue.

3. He is a poet. His works are widely known.He is a poet whose works are widely known.

8

Page 9: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

THAT

‘That’ is used only in defining clauses, i.e., restrict, limit or defining the antecedent.

1. He declared his innocence.He declared that he is innocent.

2. A rolling stone gathers no mass.A stone that is rolling gathers no mass.

3. He built this house.This is the house that he built.

WHICH

1. I bought a horse recently. It is an Arab.The horse, which I bought recently, is an Arab.

2. The moment is lost. It is lost forever.The moment, which is lost, is lost forever.

3. I heard a song. It pleased me.I heard a song, which pleased me.

EXERCISE

Pick out the Pronoun from the following and name its kind:

1. An old man is standing near the gate. He is my uncle.

A: ______________________________________________________________

2. A tall boy is running there. He is my friend.

A: ______________________________________________________________

3. This is the juggler. We saw him last month.

A: ______________________________________________________________

4. A blind man needs help.

A: ______________________________________________________________

5. I saw a girl in the park. Her eyes were red.

A: ______________________________________________________________

6. The criminal used a sharp knife. It was found.

A: ______________________________________________________________

7. I went to an office. It was very big.

A: ______________________________________________________________

8. A man hit me yesterday. He was mad.

A: ______________________________________________________________

9

Page 10: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

9. A nurse is a woman. She looks after the sick people.

A: ______________________________________________________________

10. I met a man at that gate. He was an old soldier.

A: ______________________________________________________________

11. I heard a song. It pleased me.

A: ______________________________________________________________

12. The captain praised Pathan. Pathan’s bowling was very good.

A: ______________________________________________________________

13. A man stole your horse. I can recognize him.

A: ______________________________________________________________

14. He found the lost scooter.

A: ______________________________________________________________

15. She hoped to win the first prize.

A: ______________________________________________________________

16. Thorpe is a fine swimmer. He has much fun in the water.

A: ______________________________________________________________

17. These are the boys. I wanted to meet them.

A: ______________________________________________________________

18. Honest people are trusted.

A: ______________________________________________________________

19. Hari spoke to a soldier. The soldier’s arm was in a sling.

A: ______________________________________________________________

20. He said he saw me yesterday. It is a lie.

A: ______________________________________________________________

21. The bicycle is a new one. Ravi rode it.

A: ______________________________________________________________

22. He is a police officer. He controls the traffic.

A: ______________________________________________________________

23. The boy has hurt his leg. He fell off his cycle.

A: ______________________________________________________________

24. We were talking about a person yesterday. He is walking along the road.

A: ______________________________________________________________

10

Page 11: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

25. I saw a boy in the hotel. His hair was long.

A: ______________________________________________________________

26. He is a well-known man. His generosity is the talk of the town.

A: ______________________________________________________________

27. A man dashed you. He is my brother.

A: ______________________________________________________________

28. We all despise a cowardly boy. He is one.

A: ______________________________________________________________

29. The earth is round and we can prove it.

A: ______________________________________________________________

30. Some people live in glass houses. They should not throw stones at others.

A: ______________________________________________________________

31. Some people always expect the worst to happen. They are pessimists.

A: ______________________________________________________________

32. One person will send the first best answer. He will be given a free T.V. set.

A: ______________________________________________________________

33. John is our servant. He died last night.

A: ______________________________________________________________

34. He is Gopi. His behaviour is praised by all.

A: ______________________________________________________________

35. He is a man. His reputation is bad.

A: ______________________________________________________________

36. This is a black horse. It won the race.

A: ______________________________________________________________

37. I know a man. He can solve your problem.

A: ______________________________________________________________

38. You called a person. He is not a trustworthy person.

A: ______________________________________________________________

39. There is a dog in my house. Its barking gives me headache.

A: ______________________________________________________________

40. You bought a T.V. It is not functioning well.

A: ______________________________________________________________

11

Page 12: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

THE ADJECTIVE

Definition: A noun merely names a thing and it is often necessary to use some other

word along with a noun to add something to its meaning. Such a word is called an Adjective.

It qualifies a noun or pronoun or adds meaning to the them.

E.g. 1. There are five red cows over there.

2. Those good cows give us milk.

3. That big strong man is a soldier.

EXERCISE – 1.2

Underline the adjectives in the following sentences:

1. The ship sustained heavy damage.

2. I called him several times.

3. Every dog has its day.

4. A live ass is better than a dead lion.

5. Every man has his duties.

6. Say the same thing twice.

7. Several persons were present at that time.

8. He is a man of few words.

9. Neither party is quite in the right.

10. What time is it now?

11. Which pen do you prefer?

12. The way was long, the wind was cold.

13. He comes here everyday.

14. I have not seen him for several days.

15. There should not be much talk and less work.

16. Abdul won the second prize.

17. The child fell down from a great height.

18. He was absent last week.

19. He had a glorious death.

20. A small leak may sink a great ship.

21. Good wine needs no bush.

22. I like the little peddler who has a crooked nose.

23. King Francis was a great king.

24. My uncle lives in the next house.

12

Page 13: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

25. A cross child is not liked by anyone.

FORMS OF ADJECTIVES

Positive Comparative Superlative

Tall Taller Tallest

Happy Happier Happiest

Beautiful More beautiful Most beautiful

We use the positive form of the adjective to show that two things or two people are the same in some respect. We use it with “as………….. as”.E.g. Misha is as tall as Radha.

We use the comparative form of the adjective to show that two things or two people are different from each other in some respect. We use it with “than”.E.g. Misha is taller than Radha.

We use the superlative form of the adjective to compare more than two things or people in some respect. We use it with “The”.E.g. Misha is the tallest of all.

EXERCISE – 1.2

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the given adjectives. (Positive, comparative, superlative)

1. The whale is the ______________________ animal in the world. (heavy)

2. My mother is ______________________ than my aunt. (thin)

3. The Nile is the __________________________ river in Africa. (long)

4. I think Harry is _________________________ as Bill. (dirty)

5. He is a Negro and is _______________________ as coal. (black)

6. This exercise is the __________________________ of all exercises. (easy)

7. Hari is a ___________________ singer __________________ David. (good)

8. Do you think Mumbai is ________________________ than Calcutta? (big)

9. Misha ate __________________ chocolate ___________________ Lila did. (little)

10. Our class room is the _______________________ of all other rooms in the school. (large)

11. There were _____________________ people in the garden than in the house. (many)

12. Jenny was feeling sick, so she ate __________________ of every one at the party. (little)

13. Silver is as ______________________ gold. (light)

14. He is the _____________________ of the two. (tall)

13

Page 14: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

15. Your knife is _____________________than mine. (sharp)

16. The pen is __________________________than the sword. (mighty)

17. Bombay is as _______________________ as Delhi. (hot)

18. He is one the ______________________ friends I have. (good)

19. Solomon was the _______________________ king. (wise)

20. A living ass is _________________________ a dead lion. (good)

21. America is ___________________________than Russia. (advanced)

22. Raju is the _____________________________ of all boys. (clever)

23. Sandhya looks as ____________________________ Geeta. (pretty)

24. This novel is _____________________________ as that novel. (interesting)

25. Iron is _______________________________ than copper. (useful)

THE VERB

Definition: A verb is a word which tells or asserts something about a person or thing. It comes from the Latin word “Verbum” which means an action doing word. It is so called because it is the most important word in the sentence.

Classification: Verbs are classified into two types.

THE VERB

TRANSITIVE VERB INTRANSITIVE VERB

(Action passes from the doer (Action stops with the doer itself)

to the object)

Read these sentences:

1. The boy kicks the ball.

2. The girl laughs loudly.

In sentence (1), the action denoted by the verb ‘kicks’ passes over from the doer or subject ‘boy’ to some object ‘ball’. The verb ‘kicks’ therefore is a Transitive verb. (Transitive means passing over).

14

Page 15: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

In sentence (2), the action denoted by the verb ‘laughs’ stops with the doer or the subject ‘boy’. The verb ‘laughs’ is therefore is called an Intransitive verb. (Intransitive means not passing over).

15

Page 16: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

VERBS – EXERCISE 1.3

I. Write the other forms of the given verbs:Sl PRESENT

FORM OF VERB

PAST FORM OF VERB

PAST PARTICIPL

E

PRESENT PARTICIPLE

‘S’ OR ‘ES’ FORM

1. Given

2. Feel

3. Drank

4. Speaking

5. Brings

6. Leave

7. Sat

8. Forgets

9. Flew

10. Writing

11. Rang

12. Come

13. Becomes

14. Chosen

15. Ate

16. Go Taking

17. Suggests

18. Made

19. Swept

20. Teach

21. Travelling

16

Page 17: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

22. Says

23. Kept

24. Invited

25. Throw

26. Began

27. Hidden

28. Daring

29. Spends

30. Sleeping

31. Torn

32. Died

33. Raise

34. Paid

35. Stood

36. Sinking

37. Shakes

38. Driving

39. Bought

40. Drew

41. Think

42. Sent

43. Learnt

44. Selling

45. Bends

17

Page 18: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

46. Burning

47. Taken

48. Saw

49. Curse

50. Met

EXRERCISE –1.3Pick out the verbs in the following sentences and say in each case whether the

verb is Transitive or Intransitive. Where the verb is Transitive, name its object:

1. Satish opened the door.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

2. She made a doll.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

3. Mohan saw a snake.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

4. The boy laughed.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

5. The water is boiling.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

6. An old beggar stood by the gate.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

7. The sun sets in the west.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

8. The fire burns dimly.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

9. The fire burnt the house.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

10. He met a beggar-maid.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

11. The train started immediately.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

12. The horse fell into the water.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

18

Page 19: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

13. He seems innocent.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

14. She became sad.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

15. She looks guilty.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

16. The driver stopped the train.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

17. The train stopped suddenly.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

18. The sky grew dark.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

19. The little girl hurt her finger.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

20. He dropped the ring into the well.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

21. I found her weeping.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

22. We waited patiently at the station.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

23. She cut her hand with a knife.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

24. The sky looks threatening.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

25. The cat jumped on the bed.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

THE ADVERB

Definition: An Adverb is a word which modifies the meaning of the verb, an

adjective or another adverb.

E.g. 1. He came yesterday.

2. The man stood here.

3. That’s very good.

4. Govind reads quite clearly.

19

Page 20: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

EXERCISE – 1.3

Underline the adverb in the following sentences:

1. How did you enter the house?

2. She often goes to Ram’s house.

3. He died peacefully.

4. Gopal is going down.

5. The servant works very slowly.

6. The sea is calm today.

7. She knows the day when Rama returns.

8. She knew how the boy broke his leg.

9. He will certainly come today.

10. She does not sell flowers here.

11. I helped him twice.

12. They can meet daily.

13. Do it now.

14. Yes, I think so.

15. He is undoubtedly great.

16. Govind reads clearly.

17. He is well matched.

18. They should handle glasses carefully.

19. He did it just for a joke.

20. Did you try enough?

21. The Sikhs fought bravely.

22. My uncle lives abroad.

23. Listen to me carefully.

24. He does his work happily.

25. He finished his work yesterday.

20

Page 21: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

KINDS OF ADVERBSAdverbs are six in number.

THE ADVERB

ADVERB OF ADVERB OF ADVERB OF ADVERB OF ADVERB OF INTERROGATIVE MANNER PLACE TIME FREQUENCY DEGREE ADVERB

1. Adverb of Manner: It shows how the action is done. It shows the quality or manner in which an action is done.E.g. 1. Mohan acted wisely.

2. She ran fast.3. The boy rowed well.

2. Adverb of Place: It shows the place where the action is done.E.g. 1. The boys are waiting outside.

2. We looked for her every where.3. Hither and thither the children ran.

3. Adverb of Time: It denotes the time when the action is done.E.g. 1. Twice the boy struck him.

2. We often talk to ourselves.3. He seldom comes here.4. She visited us once.

4. Adverb of Frequency: It shows how often the action is done.E.g. 1. The postman called again.

2. I have told you twice.3. I have not seen him once.

5. Adverb of Degree: It shows how much or in what degree or to what extent the action is done.E.g. 1. He was very tired.

2. He was somewhat pleased. 3. I am fully prepared.

6. Interrogative Adverb: These adverbs are used for asking questions.E.g. 1. When did he come?

2. Where did he go?3. How are you today?

EXERCISE – 1.3

Pick out the adverbs from the following sentences and name their kind:

E.g. 1. Walk forward and then walk back slowly.

Forward – Adverb of place, slowly – Adverb of manner.

21

Page 22: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

1. She was dressed all in black.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

2. Yesterday she wrote the exercise neatly.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

3. The sun shines every where.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

4. The smoke rises upward.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

5. Today you have not done your lessons well.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

6. He never comes home late.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

7. I sometimes work very hard.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

8. The servant has gone downstairs.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

9. He cannot spell these words correctly.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

10. The king treated the queen very cruelly.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

11. She is somewhat better today.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

12. Your watch is not quite right.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

13. She came here late today; tell her to come early tomorrow.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

14. The old woman opened the door of the cage and the bird flew out.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

22

Page 23: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

15. The door opened slowly and the queen walked in.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

16. All the children shouted suddenly, “The mother is here”.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

17. I hope you will be soon well.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

18. He seldom comes here.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

19. He is old enough to know better.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

20. Once or twice we have met alone.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

21. Do not walk so fast.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

22. His health is worse than before.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

23

Page 24: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

23. He is too shy.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

24. The railway station is far off.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

25. Where have you been all these days?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

THE PREPOSITION

Definition: A Preposition is a word used before a noun or pronoun to show its relation to some other word in the sentence.

E.g. 1. The man shot at the tiger.2. I bought a horse from him.3. What is this for?Some of the prepositions are at, by, for, from, in, off, on, out, through, till, to,

up, with, above, across, under, over, between, beyond, according to, on account of, in front of, in favour of, on behalf of, in order to, in place of, with reference to, owing to, instead of, etc.,

EXERCISE – 1.4

Underline the prepositions in the following sentences :

1. Tom agreed with me on that point.

2. She did not agree to my proposal.

3. He acted upon my advice.

4. He is addicted to smoking.

5. He was ashamed of his conduct.

6. I am not afraid of death.

7. Harry is very fond of reading novels.

8. She was very kind to us all.

9. I prefer riding to walking.

10. Be careful about your health.

11. You must take care of your health.

12. The teacher was angry with me for my misconduct.

13. He died of fever.

14. He is proud of his wealth.

15. Ali begged for mercy from the king.

16. The teacher was displeased with me.

17. Sita was born of rich parents.

24

Page 25: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

18. She takes delight in swimming.

19. I was then busy with my lessons.

20. We were astonished at her rudeness.

21. We all wondered at her success.

22. The people were alarmed at this news.

23. The dog is ever faithful to his master.

24. He is ill with fever.

25. The boy jumped for joy.

26. My book is different from Harry’s.

27. Please excuse me for coming late.

28. The basket is full of flowers.

29. Fill the bottle with hot water.

30. He invited me to dinner.

31. She prays to God daily.

32. He quarreled with me over this point.

33. He is tired of this work.

34. I am satisfied with your statement.

35. He warned me of the danger.

36. He is ignorant of the facts.

37. The accused was charged with murder.

38. He has no pity for poor labourers.

39. Have pity on us.

40. He prevented me from going there.

41. He was rewarded with a medal.

42. She was very anxious about her son’s health.

43. We laughed at her dress.

44. Who rules over England?

45. It is a pleasure to deal with him.

46. At last fortune smiled on him.

47. He is now free from cares.

48. We arrived in Bombay at noon.

49. We arrived at the station just in time.

50. He introduced me to his uncle.

EXERCISE – 1.4

Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions:

1. He was born ______________ rich parents.

2. She begged ______________ help.

3. We believe ______________ God.

25

Page 26: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

4. The cat sprang ______________ the mouse.

5. He was killed ______________ a robber.

6. Corbett was shocked to see the change ______________ Chamari.

7. Radium is a cure ______________ cancer.

8. He journeyed all ______________ India.

9. They helped me ______________ doing the work.

10. I tried to know more ______________ the boys.

11. A computer acts ______________ information.

12. I was ______________ you at La Force.

13. She broke ______________ tears.

14. What are you aiming ______________?

15. Try to cope ______________ the situation.

16. We have been staying in this house ______________ 1985.

17. The passenger was hit ______________ a stone ______________ his head.

18. She tore the paper ______________ pieces.

19. We don’t go ______________ school ______________ Sundays.

20. Children are fond ______________ chocolates.

21. Wait ______________ me ______________ the bus-stop.

22. Most children remain ______________ school ______________ six __________sixteen ears.

23. We walked ______________ the main street from our house.

24. The van dashed ______________ the lamp-post.

25. There is no use ______________ arguing ______________ him.

26. Chess is a good game ______________ children.

28. The officer got angry ______________ the typist.

29. I caught the thief ______________ the collar.

30. My brother writes articles ______________ dailies.

31. Our car broke ______________ on the way ______________ Bangalore.

32. How did you come ______________ Ravi?

33. The Chief Minister ruled ______________ the scheme.

34. The factory was forced to lay ______________ some workers due to heavy losses.

35. Winter has set ______________ early this year.

36. Cheap cloth wears ______________ soon.

37. Mr. Rao stood ______________ us through thick and thin.

38. He started __________ six __________ the morning.

26

Page 27: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

39. There is no exception ______________ the rule.

40. They went home ____________ train.

41. I have sent ______________ our doctor.

42. The court ordered that the property must be divided equally ______________ the four brothers.

43. This flower is different ______________ that flower.

44. The girl is going to school ______________ foot.

45. Sugar dissolves ______________ water.

46. ____________ English, he knows Telugu.

47. Look ____________ the picture ______________ the wall.

48. I prefer coffee ____________ tea.

49. The employees called ______________ the strike.

50. She has been suffering __________ fever __________ Monday last.

THE CONJUNCTION

Definition: A Conjunction is a word used to join sentences and words. Classification: Conjunctions are classified into three types.

THE CONJUNCTION

CO-ORDINATING SUB-ORDINATING CORRELATIVE

CONJUNCTIONS CONUJUNCTIONS CONJUNCTIONS

1. Co-ordinating Conjunctions: They join parts of a sentence that are of the equal order or rank.The chief co-ordinating conjunctions are : - and, or, nor, but, for, also, either – or, neither – or.

2. Subordinating Conjunctions : They join noun clauses, adjective clauses and adverb clauses to other part of a complex sentence.

The following are some of the most important subordinating conjunctions: - when, while, before, till, until, after, since, where, whether, whence, because, that, lest, if, unless, though, as, than.

3. Correlative Conjunctions: Some conjunctions are used in pairs as: Either – or ………… Either take it or leave it. Neither – or ……….. It is neither useful nor ornamental

27

Page 28: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Both – and ………… We both love him and honour him. Whether – or ………. I don’t care whether you go or stay Not only – but also ……Not only is he foolish but also obstinate. Such Conjunctions which are used in pairs are called as Correlative conjunctions.

EXERCISE – 1.4Fill in the blanks with a suitable conjunction:

1. Get out ……………… I will kick you out.

2. He does not study well ……………… he will fail.

3. He is a millionaire ……………… he is greedy.

4. Run faster ……………… you will lose the race.

5. He has lost the purse ……………… he is sad.

6. He played very well ……………… he lost the game.

7. I went to the shop ……………… bought a pen.

8. He disobeyed the prohibitory order ……………… he was arrested.

9. He knew English ……………… he always spoke in the parliament in Hindi.

10. Our forests should not be destroyed ……………… they help to bring rain.

11. He will help you ……………… you go to him.

12. The child did not stop crying ……………… it got a toy.

13. We shall sleep inside ……………… it is cold outside.

14. I could not come ……………… I had some urgent work.

15. Go away from here ……………… the officer comes.

16. The film had started ……………… before we got in.

17. ……………… he is old his vision is good.

18. The accident happened ……………… the train was crossing the bridge.

19. He was married ……………… he was fourteen.

20. ……………… they heard the bell they ran to the classes.

21. Our house is neither small ……………… large.

22. The dacoits ……………… robbed the travellers but also shot two of them.

23. It is ……………… very hot nor very cold in winter in Hyderabad.

24. We could not know ……………… the rumour is true or false.

25. ……………… Rama and his brother had their education abroad.

26. No sooner did the crowd see the police ……………… they started running in all directions.

27. He not only lost the election ……………… lost the deposit.

28. I can’t tell you now whether I will be able to come ……………… not.

28

Page 29: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

29. Both Sunil ……………… his brother have got bikes.

30. The questions were so easy ……………… all the students finished the paper half an hour before the bell.

31. You are tired ……………… you are working.

32. Two ……………… two make four.

33. She is pretty ……………… her sister is ugly.

34. Trust in God ……………… do the right.

35. He came late ……………… he was punished.

THE INTERJECTIONDefinition: An Interjection is a word that expresses some sudden feeling or emotion.

Such words are Hello!, Alas!, Hurrah!, Ah! Etc., are called Interjections.

Interjections may express: - 1. Joy as – Hurrah!, huzza!2. Grief as – Alas!3. Surprise as – Ha!, What!4. Applause as – Bravo!

E.g. 1. Hello! What are you doing there? 2. Alas! He is dead.

3. Hurrah! We have won the game.4. Ah! Have they gone?

Exercise: 1.5Identify the parts of speech for the underlined words.

1. We eagerly waited for the new movie.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

2. I have never seen such a wonderful sight in my life.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

3. The beautiful woman cried softly.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

4. The bearded man quietly slipped away.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

5. he room was filled with strong stench of smoke. He carefully looked at every face.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

29

Page 30: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

6. He grasped the bottle firmly and opened with his strong hands.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

7. When the door finally opened, I felt a gentle pat on my shoulder.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

8. Nehru’s wife looked at him questioningly. She could see slight embarrassment on his face.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

9. I looked at him without any enthusiasm.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

10. He closed his eyes. Suddenly he became a small brown mouse.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

11. I walked towards the door quietly.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

12. I realize very well that superstition is confined to India alone.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

13. I tried frantically to collect my senses. My cold feet were numb.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

14. The old man told me angrily that he wanted to see my father.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

15. “Do you have any significant reason for delaying the project?” the manager enquired angrily.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

16. Ramanujan made several important discoveries in Mathematics.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

17. History was his most favourite subject at school.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

18. He put this ideal quite literally into practice.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

19. She let a gentle smile over her face.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

20. One day when I was asleep my cousin Mourad came into my room.

A: _____________________________________________________________________

30

Page 31: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise – 1Identify the parts of speech of the words underlined.

1. He kept the fast for a week. A: ______________________

2. Don’t boast too much. A: ______________________

3. It matters little what he says. A: ______________________

4. He has no command over himself. A: ______________________

5. Still waters run deep. A: ______________________

6. He went after I came. A: ______________________

7. Please call me early. A: ______________________

8. It is a long since we met. A: ______________________

9. Do not speak so loud. A: ______________________

10. The boy is good. A: ______________________

11. She is not a doctor. A: ______________________

12. Is that any better? A: ______________________

13. He told us about the battle. A: ______________________

14. He was only a yard off me. A: ______________________

15. Let us move on. A: ______________________

16. The girl wrote a letter to her cousin. A: ______________________

17. Calcutta is a big city. A: ______________________

18. Iron and copper are useful metals. A: ______________________

19. He worked the sum quickly. A: ______________________

20. There is a cow in the garden. A: ______________________

21. I ran fast, but missed the train. A: ______________________

22. Two and two make four. A: ______________________

23. Hurrah! We have won. A: ______________________

24. They arrived soon after. A: ______________________

25. John is absent, because he is ill. A: ______________________

26. Akbar was a great king. A: ______________________

27. There are twenty boys in the class. A: ______________________

28. Where did you leave them? A: ______________________

29. Sit down and rest a while. A: ______________________

30. The Godavary overflows its banks every year. A: ______________________

31. It is my pen. A: ______________________

32. He gave me a bunch of grapes. A: ______________________

33. Never tell a lie. A: ______________________

34. I am going to a movie. A: ______________________

31

Page 32: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

35. The hand has five fingers. A: ______________________

36. Wait here until I come. A: ______________________

37. He is a mad man. A: ______________________

38. He did not eat any rice. A: ______________________

39. The horse runs very quickly. A: ______________________

40. He may be at home. A: ______________________

41. Alas! He is dead. A: ______________________

42. Rama writes well. A: ______________________

43. It is a famous story. A: ______________________

44. Rama is a hard worker. A: ______________________

45. Sruthi works hard. A: ______________________

46. The man is poor but honest. A: ______________________

47. She must weep or she will die. A: ______________________

48. Try again. A: ______________________

49. Where is Abdul? A: ______________________

50. Her son is in America. A: ______________________

Exercise – 2Identify the parts of speech of the words underlined.

1. He lives next door. Ans. ___________________

2. He places his chair next to her. Ans. ___________________

3. Who came next? Ans. ___________________

4. All men are mortal. Ans. ___________________

5. We must all die some day or the other. Ans. ___________________

6. The house was all destroyed by fire. Ans. ___________________

7. We lost our all in the floods. Ans. ___________________

8. A beggar was standing before the gate. Ans. ___________________

9. I never saw him before. Ans. ___________________

10. The train had started before I reached the station. Ans. ___________________

11. The woman still lives in the old house. Ans. ___________________

12. Still waters run deep. Ans. ___________________

13. Their cries could be heard in the still of the night. Ans. ___________________

14. They stoned him to death. Ans. ___________________

15. Stone walls do not make a prison. Ans. ___________________

16. It is a heavy stone. Ans. ___________________

17. She talks too much. Ans. ___________________

18. There is much sense in what he says. Ans. ___________________

32

Page 33: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

19. Much of it is true. Ans. ___________________

20. Her house is near the temple. Ans. ___________________

21. Come near and listen. Ans. ___________________

22. He is a near relation of mine. Ans. ___________________

23. Who will bell the cat? Ans. ___________________

24. The church bell rings. Ans. ___________________

25. This is a holy book. Ans. ___________________

26. Book this luggage for Madras. Ans. ___________________

27. Most of the people back him. Ans. ___________________

28. The dog watches the back door. Ans. ___________________

29. Come back soon. Ans. ___________________

30. A square thing does not fit into a round hole. Ans. ___________________

31. The earth revolves round the Sun. Ans. ___________________

32. Birds fly round and round. Ans. ___________________

33. We shall round the lake. Ans. ___________________

34. I have been waiting here since morning. Ans. ___________________

35. I have not seen him since. Ans. ___________________

36. Since you say, so I must believe it. Ans. ___________________

37. That boat sails. Ans. ___________________

38. That is my house. Ans. ___________________

39. I can do that much. Ans. ___________________

40. He told us that rain had fallen. Ans. ___________________

41. The man that you were looking for has come. Ans. ___________________

42. All the boys came running down the hill. Ans. ___________________

43. Prices have come down. Ans. ___________________

44. The down train has arrived. Ans. ___________________

45. There is a little danger in going there. Ans. ___________________

46. She eats very little. Ans. ___________________

47. The Sun rises up. Ans. ___________________

48. The boys went up the hill. Ans. ___________________

49. The up train is on the platform. Ans. ___________________

50. What do you want? Ans. ___________________

*******

33

Page 34: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. VERBSIrregular verbs (strong verbs):-

Verbs which form their past tense by means of changing a vowel in their present form and which don’t need any addition like ‘ed’ or ‘d’ are called ‘Irregular verbs’ or’ Strong verbs’.

Regular verbs(weak verbs):- The verbs which form their past tense by adding ‘ed’ , ‘d’ or ‘t’ to

their present form are called ‘Regular verbs’ or ‘ Weak verbs’.

REGULAR VERBS( WEAK VERBS)

S.No. V1 V2 V3 V4 (V1+ing)V5 (V1+’s’ or

‘es’)

1. abolish abolished abolished abolishing abolishes

2. abscond absconded absconded absconding absconds

3. abuse abused abused abusing abuses

4. accelerate accelerated accelerated accelerating accelerates

5. accept accepted accepted accepting accepts

6. accompany accompanied accompanied accompanying accompanies

7. accomplish accomplished accomplished accomplishing accomplishes

8. accuse accused accused accusing accuses

9. achieve achieved achieved achieving achieves

10. acknowledge acknowledged acknowledged acknowledging acknowledges

11. acquire acquired acquired acquiring acquires

12. act acted acted acting acts

13. adapt adapted adapted adapting adapts

14. add added added adding adds

15. adjust adjusted adjusted adjusting adjusts

16. admire admired admired admiring admires

17. admit admitted admitted admitting admits

18. adopt adopted adopted adopting adopts

19. advertise advertised advertised advertising advertises

20. advise advised advised advising advises

21. affect affected affected affecting affects

22. afford afforded afforded affording affords

23. agree agreed agreed agreeing agrees

34

Page 35: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

24. aim aimed aimed aiming aims

25. alert alerted alerted alerting alerts

26. allot allotted allotted allotting allots

27. allow allowed allowed allowing allows

28. amaze amazed amazed amazing amazes

29. amputate amputated amputated amputating amputates

30. amuse amused amused amusing amuses

31. analyze analyzed analyzed analyzing analyzes

32. annotate annotated annotated annotating annotates

33. announce announced announced announcing announces

34. annoy annoyed annoyed annoying annoys

35. answer answered answered answering answers

36. applaud applauded applauded applauding applauds

37. apply applied applied applying applies

38. appoint appointed appointed appointing appoints

39. appreciate appreciated appreciated appreciating appreciates

40. argue argued argued arguing argues

41. arrange arranged arranged arranging arranges

42. arrive arrived arrived arriving arrives

43. ask asked asked asking asks

44. associate associated associated associating associates

45. assume assumed assumed assuming assumes

46. attack attacked attacked attacking attacks

47. attempt attempted attempted attempting attempts

48. attend attended attended attending attends

49. augment augmented augmented augmenting augments

50. avoid avoided avoided avoiding avoids

51. await awaited awaited awaiting awaits

52. baffle baffled baffled baffling baffles

53. bargain bargained bargained bargaining bargains

54. behave behaved behaved behaving behaves

55. believe believed believed believing believes

56. bestow bestowed bestowed bestowing bestows

35

Page 36: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

57. betray betrayed betrayed betraying betrays

58. blame blamed blamed blaming blames

59. borrow borrowed borrowed borrowing borrows

60. bulge bulged bulged bulging bulges

61. burst burst burst bursting bursts

62. bury buried buried burying buries

63. calculate calculated calculated calculating calculates

64. call called called calling calls

65. cancel cancelled cancelled cancelling cancels

66. canvas canvassed canvassed canvassing canvases

67. capture captured captured capturing captures

68. carry carried carried carrying carries

69. celebrate celebrated celebrated celebrating celebrates

70. certify certified certified certifying certifies

71. challenge challenged challenged challenging challenges

72. cheat cheated cheated cheating cheats

73. check checked checked checking checks

74. circulate circulated circulated circulating circulates

75. clean cleaned cleaned cleaning cleans

76. climb climbed climbed climbing climbs

77. collect collected collected collecting collects

78. combine combined combined combining combines

79. compare compared compared comparing compares

80. compel compelled compelled compelling compels

81. compete competed competed competing competes

82. complain complained complained complaining complains

83. concentrate concentrated concentrated concentrating concentrates

84. conclude concluded concluded concluding concludes

85. condemn condemned condemned condemning condemns

86. confuse confused confused confusing confuses

87. congratulate congratulated congratulated congratulating congratulates

88. consider considered considered considering considers

89. console consoled consoled consoling consoles

36

Page 37: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

90. contend contended contended contending contends

91. contest contested contested contesting contests

92. continue continued continued continuing continues

93. contribute contributed contributed contributing contributes

94. control controlled controlled controlling controls

95. convince convinced convinced convincing convinces

96. cook cooked cooked cooking cooks

97. crow crowed, crew crowed crowing crows

98. cry cried cried crying cries

99. cumulate cumulated cumulated cumulating cumulates

100. curse cursed cursed cursing curses

101. dance danced danced dancing dances

102. dare dared dared daring dares

103. daze dazed dazed dazing dazes

104. deal dealt dealt dealing deals

105. decide decided decided deciding decides

106. defy defied defied defying defies

107. delay delayed delayed delaying delays

108. deny denied denied denying denies

109. depart departed departed departing departs

110. describe described described describing describes

111. destroy destroyed destroyed destroying destroys

112. determine determined determined determining determines

113. develop developed developed developing develops

114. die died died dying dies

115. disappoint disappointed disappointed disappointing disappoints

116. discourage discouraged discouraged discouraging discourages

117. discover discovered discovered discovering discovers

118. discuss discussed discussed discussing discusses

119. dispel dispelled dispelled dispelling dispels

120. disturb disturbed disturbed disturbing disturbs

121. divide divided divided dividing divides

122. donate donated donated donating donates

37

Page 38: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

123. drop dropped dropped dropping drops

124. drown drowned drowned drowning drowns

125. dub dubbed dubbed dubbing dubs

126. dye dyed dyed dyeing dyes

127. edit edited edited editing edits

128. educate educated educated educating educates

129. encourage encouraged encouraged encouraging encourages

130. ensure ensured ensured ensuring ensures

131. entertain entertained entertained entertaining entertains

132. eradicate eradicated eradicated eradicating eradicates

133. erupt erupted erupted erupting erupts

134. examine examined examined examining examines

135. expect expected expected expecting expects

136. expel expelled expelled expelling expels

137. explain explained explained explaining explains

138. exploit exploited exploited exploiting exploits

139. explore explored explored exploring explores

140. export exported exported exporting exports

141. felicitate felicitated felicitated felicitating felicitates

142. fetch fetched fetched fetching fetches

143. finish finished finished finishing finishes

144. finish finished finished finishing finishes

145. flip flipped flipped flipping flips

146. flow flowed flowed flowing flows

147. fluctuate fluctuated fluctuated fluctuating fluctuates

148. follow followed followed following follows

149. frighten frightened frightened frightening frights

150. furl furled furled furling furls

151. gain gained gained gaining gains

152. gasp gasped gasped gasping gasps

153. gather gathered gathered gathering gathers

154. grab grabbed grabbed grabbing grabs

155. growl growled growled growling growls

38

Page 39: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

156. grumble grumbled grumbled grumbling grumbles

157. guess guessed guessed guessing guesses

158. guide guided guided guiding guides

159. handle handled handled handling handles

160. harm harmed harmed harming harms

161. haunt haunted haunted haunting haunts

162. heal healed healed healing heals

163. hike hiked hiked hiking hikes

164. hope hoped hoped hoping hopes

165. horrify horrified horrified horrifying horrifies

166. hug hugged hugged hugging hugs

167. impel impelled impelled impelling impels

168. implement implemented implemented implementing implements

169. import imported imported importing imports

170. impress impressed impressed impressing impresses

171. imprison imprisoned imprisoned imprisoning imprisons

172. improved improved improved improving improves

173. inaugurate inaugurated inaugurated inaugurating inaugurates

174. increase increased increased increasing increases

175. inculcate inculcated inculcated inculcating inculcates

176. influence influenced influenced influencing influences

177. inform informed informed informing informs

178. initiate initiated initiated initiating initiates

179. inquired inquired inquired inquiring inquires

180. install installed installed installing installs

181. insult insulted insulted insulting insults

182. interfere interfered interfered interfering interferes

183. interrupt interrupted interrupted interrupting interrupts

184. introduce introduced introduced introducing introduces

185. invest invested invested investing invests

186. invite invited invited inviting invites

187. invoke invoked invoked invoking invokes

188. irritate irritated irritated irritating irritates

39

Page 40: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

189. jam jammed jammed jamming jams

190. judge judged judged judging judges

191. juggle juggled juggled juggling juggles

192. jump jumped jumped jumping jumps

193. justify justified justified justifying justifies

194. kidnap kidnapped kidnapped kidnapping kidnaps

195. kill killed killed killing kills

196. knock knocked knocked knocking knocks

197. laugh laughed laughed laughing laughs

198. launch launched launched launching launches

199. learn learned learned learning learns

200. lend lent lent lending 1ents

201. levy levied levied levying levies

202. light lighted lighted lighting lights

203. like liked liked liking likes

204. loiter loitered loitered loitering loiters

205. love loved loved loving loves

206. marry married married marrying marries

207. melt melted melted melting melts

208. mend mended mended mending mends

209. mention mentioned mentioned mentioning mentions

210. merge merged merged merging merges

211. modify modified modified modifying modifies

212. munch munched munched munching munches

213. name named named naming names

214. neigh neighed neighed neighing neighs

215. nod nodded nodded nodding nods

216. nominate nominated nominated nominating `nominates

217. notice noticed noticed noticing notices

218. notify notified notified notifying notifies

219. nullify nullified nullified nullifying nullifies

220. number numbered numbered numbering numbers

221. obey obeyed obeyed obeying obeys

40

Page 41: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

222. object objected objected objecting objects

223. obscure obscured obscured obscuring obscures

224. obstruct obstructed obstructed obstructing obstructs

225. offend offended offended offending offends

226. omit omitted omitted omitting omits

227. open opened opened opening opens

228. oppose opposed opposed opposing opposes

229. ordain ordained ordained ordaining ordains

230. owe owed owed owing owes

231. pacify pacified pacified pacifying pacifies

232. paint painted painted painting paints

233. perpetuate perpetuated perpetuated perpetuating perpetuates

234. plan planned planned planning plans

235. plant planted planted planting plants

236. play played played playing plays

237. portray portrayed portrayed portraying portrays

238. praise praised praised praising praises

239. pray prayed prayed playing plays

240. preserve preserved preserved preserving preserves

241. produce produced produced producing produces

242. promise promised promised promising promises

243. propagate propagated propagated propagating propagates

244. propose proposed proposed proposing proposes

245. protest protested protested protesting protests

246. prove proved proved proving proves

247. publish published published publishing publishes

248. punish punished punished punishing punishes

249. purchase purchased purchased purchasing purchases

250. purify purified purified purifying purifies

251. push pushed pushed pushing pushes

252. qualify qualified qualified qualifying qualifies

253. question questioned questioned questioning questions

254. quote quoted quoted quoting quotes

41

Page 42: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

255. raise raised raised raising raises

256. reach reached reached reaching reaches

257. react reacted reacted reacting reacts

258. realize realized realized realizing realizes

259. receive received received receiving receives

260. recognize recognized recognized recognizing recognizes

261. recommend recommended recommended recommending recommends

262. reduce reduced reduced reducing reduces

263. refuse refused refused refusing refuses

264. regret regretted regretted regretting regrets

265. reject rejected rejected rejecting rejects

266. relax relaxed relaxed relaxing relaxes

267. release released released releasing releases

268. rely relied relied relying relies

269. remind reminded reminded reminding reminds

270. remit remitted remitted remitting remits

271. remove removed removed removing removes

272. renew renewed renewed renewing renews

273. repeat repeated repeated repeating repeats

274. replace replaced replaced replacing replaces

275. reply replied replied replying replies

276. represent represented represented representing represents

277. request requested requested requesting requests

278. rescue rescued rescued rescuing rescues

279. reside resided resided residing resides

280. resign resigned resigned resigning resigns

281. respect respected respected respecting respects

282. rest rested rested resting rests

283. reveal revealed revealed revealing reveals

284. revise revised revised revising revises

285. rush rushed rushed rushing rushes

286. safeguard safeguarded safeguarded safeguarding safeguards

287. satisfy satisfied satisfied satisfying satisfies

42

Page 43: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

288. scold scolded scolded scolding scolds

289. search searched searched searching searches

290. separate separated separated separating separates

291. settle settled settled settling settles

292. sew sewed sewed sewing sews

293. shift shifted shifted shifting shifts

294. slap slapped slapped slapping slaps

295. solve solved solved solving solves

296. sow sowed sowed sowing sows

297. specify specified specified specifying specifies

298. spoil spoiled spoiled spoiling spoils

299. start started started starting starts

300. stay stayed stayed staying stays

301. stop stopped stopped stopping stops

302. study studied studied studying studies

303. succeed succeeded succeeded succeeding succeeds

304. suggest suggested suggested suggesting suggests

305. support supported supported supporting supports

306. suppress suppressed suppressed suppressing suppresses

307. surprise surprised surprised surprising surprises

308. survive survived survived surviving survives

309. sustain sustained sustained sustaining sustains

310. talk talked talked talking talks

311. threaten threatened threatened threatening threatens

312. tie tied tied tying ties

313. tolerate tolerated tolerated tolerating tolerates

314. touch touched touched touching touches

315. travel travelled travelled travelling travels

316. trust trusted trusted trusting trusts

317. try tried tried trying tries

318. tug tugged tugged tugging tugs

319. twist twisted twisted twisting twists

320. underline underlined underlined underlining underlines

43

Page 44: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

321. unfurl unfurled unfurled unfurling unfurls

322. unite united united uniting unites

323. use used used using uses

324. utilize utilized utilized utilizing utilizes

325. vacate vacated vacated vacating vacates

326. vanish vanished vanished vanishing vanishes

327. vary varied varied varying varies

328. verify verified verified verifying verifies

329. vitalize vitalized vitalized vitalizing vitalizes

330. vote voted voted voting votes

331. wait waited waited waiting waits

332. wander wandered wandered wandering wanders

333. want wanted wanted wanting wants

334. warn warned warned warning warns

335. waste wasted wasted wasting wastes

336. welcome welcomed welcomed welcoming welcomes

337. weld welded welded welding welds

338. whirl whirled whirled whirling whirls

339. work worked worked working works

340. yawn yawned yawned yawning yawns

341. yield yielded yielded yielding yields

IRREGULAR VERBSWe distinguish three types of irregular verbs.TYPE-I All three forms are different as:-

1. arise arose arisen arising arises 2. awake awoke awaken/awaked awakening awakens 3. bear(carry) bore borne bearing bears 4. bear(produce) bore born bearing bears 5. befall befell befallen befalling befalls 6. beget begot begotten begetting begets 7. begin began begun beginning begins 8. bite bit bitten biting bites 9. blow blew blown blowing blows 10. break broke broken breaking breaks11. choose chose chosen choosing chooses 12. do did done doing does 13. draw drew drawn drawing draws 14. drink drank drunk drinking drinks

44

Page 45: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

15. drive drove driven driving drives 16. eat ate eaten eating eats 17. fall fell fallen falling falls 18. fly flew flown flying flies 19. forbid forbade forbidden forbidding forbids 20. forget forgot forgotten forgetting forgets 21. forgive forgave forgiven forgiving forgives 22. forsake forsook forsaken forsaking forsakes23. freeze froze frozen freezing freezes24. give gave given giving gives25. go went gone going goes26. grow grew grown growing grows27. hide hid hidden hiding hides28. know knew known knowing knows29. lie lay lain lying lies30. mistake mistook mistaken mistaking mistakes31. overcome overcame overcome overcoming overcomes32. ride rode ridden riding rides33. ring rang rung ringing rings34. rise rose risen rising rises35. see saw seen seeing sees36. shake shook shaken shaking shakes37. show showed shown showing shows38. shrink shrank shrunk shrinking shrinks39. sing sang sung singing sings40. sink sank sunk sinking sinks41. slay slew slain slaying slays42. smite smote smitten smiting smites43. speak spoke spoken speaking speaks44. spin span spun spinning spins45. spring sprang sprung springing springs46. steal stole stolen stealing steals47. swear swore sworn swearing swears48. swim swam swum swimming swims49. take took taken taking takes50. tear tore torn tearing tears51. throw threw thrown throwing throws52. tread trod trodden treading treads53. undertake undertook undertaken undertaking undertakes54. wake woke waken waking wakes55. wear wore worn wearing wears56. weave wove woven weaving weaves57. write wrote written writing writes

45

Page 46: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

TYPE-II

Two of the forms are the same as :-

58. abide abode abode abiding abides59. beat beat beaten beating beats60. become became become becoming becomes61. bend bent bent bending bends62. beseech besought besought beseeching beseeches63. bring brought brought bringing brings64. bleed bled bled bleeding bleeds65. breed bred bred breeding breeds66. build built built building builds67. buy bought bought buying buys68. behold beheld beheld beholding beholds69. catch caught caught catching catches70. come came come coming comes71. creep crept crept creeping creeps72. cling clung clung clinging clings73. deal dealt dealt dealing deals74. dig dug dug digging digs75. feed fed fed feeding feeds76. feel felt felt feeling feels77. fight fought fought fighting fights78. find found found finding finds79. flee fled fled fleeing flees80. fling flung flung flinging flings81. get got got getting gets82. grind ground ground grinding grinds83. hear heard heard hearing hears84. hold held held holding holds85. keep kept kept keeping keeps86. kneel knelt knelt kneeling kneels87. lay laid laid Laying lays88. lead led led Leading Leads89. leave left left leaving leaves90. lend lent lent lending Lends91. light lit lit lighting Lights92. lose lost lost losing loses 93. make made made making makes94. mean meant meant meaning means95. meet met met meeting meets 96. pay paid paid paying pays 97. run ran run running runs 98. say said said saying says99. seek sought sought seeking seeks 100. sell sold sold selling sells

46

Page 47: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

101. send sent sent sending sends102. shine shone shone shining shines103. sit sat sat sitting sits104. slink slunk slunk slinking slinks105. sleep slept slept sleeping sleeps106. slide slid slid sliding slides107. spell spelt spelt spelling spells 108. sling slung slung slinging slings 109. spend spent spent spending spends 110. speed sped sped speeding speeds 111. spit spat spat spiting spits 112. stand stood stood standing stands 113. stick stuck stuck sticking sticks 114. sting stung stung stinging stings 115. strike struck struck striking strikes 116. sweep swept swept sweeping sweeps117. swing swung swung swinging swings 118. teach taught taught teaching teaches 119. tell told told telling tells 120. think thought thought thinking thinks 121. understand understood understood understanding understands122. win won won winning wins123. wind wound wound winding winds 124. wear wore wore wearing wears 125. weep wept wept weeping weeps 126. wring wrung wrung wringing wrings

TYPE:- III

All three forms are the same as:-

Sl. V1 V2 V3 V4 (V1 + ‘ing’)

V5 (V1 + ‘s’ or ‘es’)

127. bet bet bet betting bets128. bid bid bid bidding bids129. burst burst burst bursting bursts130. cast cast cast casting casts131. cost cost cost costing costs132. cut cut cut cutting cuts133. hit hit hit hitting hits134. hurt hurt hurt hurting hurts135. let let let letting lets136. put put put putting puts137. rid rid rid riding rids138. read read read reading reads

47

Page 48: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

139. set set set setting sets140. shed shed shed shedding sheds141. shut shut shut shutting shuts142. slit slit slit slitting slits143. split split split splitting splits144. spread spread spread spreading spreads145. thrust thrust thrust thrusting thrusts146. broadcast broadcast broadcast broadcasting broadcasts147. telecast telecast telecast telecasting telecasts

EXERCISE –2.1

Write the other forms of the given verbs:-

S.No. V1 V2 V3 V4 (V1+ing) V5 (V1+s or es)

1. ask asked asked asking asks

2. carry

3. danced

4. liked

5. reach

6. touching

7. abuse

8. dyeing

9. attends

10. apply

11. invited

12. tried

13. travelling

14. acquired

15. crows

16. flowed

17. abscond

18. analyzed

19. bestowing

20. converse

48

Page 49: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

21. donates

22. erupts

23. flip

24. grips

25. haunted

26. jam

27. neighs

28. omitting

29. juggled

30. merges

31. levy

32. ordain

33. perpetuated

34. quit

35. purified

36. twist

37. unfurling

38. utilized

39. weld

40. yawns

41. warning

42. yielded

43. certify

44. dye

45. dubs

46. fetched

47. vitalize

48. hugs

49. sew

50. obeys

49

Page 50: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

VERB FORMS EXERCISE-2.2Write the other forms of the given verbs:

S.No. V1 V2 V3 V4 (V1+ing) V5 (V1+s or es)

1. cook

2. become

3. dealt

4. finding

5. cut

6. ground

7. fits

8. clung

9. cast

10. light

11. met

12. runs

13. slink

14. tell

15. teaches

16. tread

17. read

18. broadcast

19. bids

20. learning

21. spills

22. coming

23. writes

24. spun

25. taking

26. split

27. spoil

28. swam

29. weaving

50

Page 51: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

30. knows

31. awake

32. sinking

33. wakes

34. heard

35. smite

36. sleeping

37. costs

38. catches

39. shining

40. dug

41. fed

42. spread

43. getting

44. hang

45. spoken

46. smelt

47. holding

48. wound

49. broadcasts

50. weeping

VERB FORMS - GENERAL EXERCISE – 3

Write the other forms of the given verbs:-S.No. V1 V2 V3 V4 (V1+ing) V5 (V1+s or es)

1. cook

2. adapting

3. kneel

4. shedding

5. steals

6. drowns

51

Page 52: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

7. shining

8. swam

9. stick

10. painting

11. burst

12. getting

13. lost

14. makes

15. melts

16. standing

17. leave

18. lay

19. fluctuate

20. brings

21. threw

22. undertaking

23. learns

24. dwell

25. leaping

26. steals

27. trod

28. merge

29. hanging

30. lie

31. arise

32. bid

33. juggling

34. wore

35. sits

36. swear

37. abiding

38. lays

52

Page 53: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

39. whirled

40. breaking

41. wets

42. choosing

43. horrify

44. beat

45. apply

46. leading

47. portray

48. paying

49. left

50. comes

* * *

53

Page 54: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. THE AUXILIARIESLook at these sentences:

Gopal has a scooter.They have a car.

In these sentences the verbs ‘has’ and ‘have’ express possession. A verb which has a meaning of its own (as in the above sentences) is called a principal verb or a main

verb.

Now read the following sentences:Gopal has come today.They have visited the zoo.In these sentences the verbs ‘has’ and ‘have’ do not express the idea of possession.

They help to form the present perfect tense of the verbs ‘come’ and ‘visit’ respectively. Such helping verbs are called ‘Auxiliaries’.

An Auxiliary is a verb used to form tenses, mood, voice etc., of other verbs.

The following is the list of auxiliaries:Be, am, is , are, was, were.Do, does, did.Have, has, had.Shall, should, will, would.Can, could, may, might.Must, ought to, need to, dare.

BE (is, am, are, was, were)

a) As a principal verb ‘Be’ is used :

(i) with a noun or pronoun identifying or asking about the subject.Eg : Paul is a teacher.

It is me.(ii) with an adjective or a preposition indicating a quality.Eg: The world is round.

They are of high quality.(iii) with a preposition or adverbial participle indicating a place:Eg : The book is on the table.

He is upstairs.

b) As an auxiliary verb ‘Be’ is used :

(i) in the formation of the continuous tensesEg: He is writing.

She has been playing.

(ii) in the formation of the passiveEg: The door was opened.

The boy was punished.

54

Page 55: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

(iii) with an infinitive to indicate a plan or arrangementEg: They are to meet me.

They are to be married next week.

(iv) with an infinitive to denote command or directionEg: You are to leave atonce.

Father says I am to go to market.

HAVE (have, has, had)

As a principal verb ‘Have’ is used in the sense of possess, take, experience, receive:

Eg : John has a scooter. (possess)They have lunch at 11.30 A.M. (take)He has a fever. (experience)I had a letter from my brother : (receive)

Have is also used as a causative verb :Eg : He had his shoes polished.

She had her watch repaired.

As an auxiliary verb ‘Have’ is used :(i) in the formation of the present perfect tense :Eg : He has come.

She has left.They have been working.

(ii) with the infinitive to indicate obligation :Eg : I have to be there by ten O’clock.

The astrologer had to leave the village

DO (do, does, did)

As a principal verb ‘Do’ is used in the sense of ‘act’.Eg : You must do your duty.

Do as you are told.

As an auxiliary verb ‘Do’ is used :(1) to form the negative and interrogative of the present simple and past simple tenses of

non – anomalous verbs.Eg: Do they sell rice?

Does he work well?We didn’t go to the office on Sundays.He didn’t come yesterday.

(ii) to avoid repetition of a previous verbEg: Do you know him? Yes I do.(iii) to emphasize an assertionEg: He does look sad.

I advised him not to go , but he did go.

55

Page 56: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

CAN

‘Can’ is used :(i) to express ability :Eg : He can lift the box.(ii) to express impatience : (when used with a question word)Eg : Where can I go ?(iii) in the sense of ‘may’ to give permission :Eg : You can go now.(iv) to express theoretical possibilityEg : The watch can be repaired.

Can’t is used to express prohibition :You can’t play with time.

COULD

Could is used :(i) as the past tense of can :Eg : She could not find her purse.(ii) to ask polite questions :Eg: Could you take me to the officer ?

Could you convey the message to him ?

SHALLShall is used :

(i) in the first person. (to express simple futurity)Eg : I shall leave for Vijayawada tomorrow.

We shall see you again.NOTE : In the present day English ‘will’ is used in all the persons.

(ii) In the second and third persons to express a command or promise :Eg : He shall not enter my office again. (command)

You shall get a reward if you get first class. (promise)(iii) in the second and third persons to express a threat or determination :Eg : You shall be punished for your rude behaviour. (threat)

Everything shall be done according to law. (determination)

SHOULDShould is used :

(i) to express duty :Eg : You should tell the truth.

We should obey the law.(ii) in clauses of condition to express a supposition that may not be true :Eg : If they should come, ask them to wait.

If it should rain, he will not come.(iii) in indirect speech : (as the past tense of shall)Eg : He said that the rogue should be punished.(iv) after lestEg : Ride carefully lest you should fall.(v) in the expression ‘should like to’ (polite form)

56

Page 57: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Eg : I should like to help him.

WILL

Will is used :(i) in the first person to express determination.

willingness or promise on the part of the speaker :Eg : I will not surrender. (determination)

I will carry your books. (willingness)I will try to get you a job in our office. (promise)

(ii) in the second and third persons to express simple futurity.Eg : The bus will leave at 8.30 A.M.

He will be back in June.(iii) to express a characteristic habit :Eg : She will sit for hours watching the television set.

He will talk nothing about politics.(iv) to express an assumption :Eg : This will be the last topic, I suppose.

He will be the lawyer, I think.(v) to indicate an invitation or a request :Eg : Will you lend me your car ?

Will you have coffee ?

WOULD

Would is used :(i) to express willingness :Eg : He said he would help me.(ii) in indirect speech (as the past tense of will)Eg : The clerk said that he would do the work.(iii) to express a customary action in the past :Eg : After dinner the students would sing songs of Gurudev.

As a child I would daily request my grandmother to tell me stories.(iv) to express a wish :Eg : I wish he would go away.(v) with ‘if only’ to express a hopeless wish :Eg : If only he would come !(vi) Would you mind lending me your scooter?Eg : Would you like to go to the circus?(vii) with the subordinate clause expressing improbable condition :Eg : If I were the Prime Minister, I would make you Deputy Prime Minister.

If I were a king, I would make you a Minister.

MAY

May is used :(iii) to express permission :Eg : May I come in?

May I go now?

57

Page 58: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

(ii) To express practical possibility :Eg : He may win.

She may agree.(iii) to express a wish :Eg : May God bless you !

May you live long !(iv) to express a purpose :

Eat that you may live.

MIGHTMight is used :

(i) to express necessity, obligation or certainty :Eg : You must study that book.(necessity)

You must obey the officer’s orders. (obligation)It must be your cycle.( certainty)NOTE : To express necessity in the past time we use ‘had to’

Eg : He had to appear for an interview.They had to leave the town.

(ii) to denote strong determination :Eg : I must go to Delhi in summer.

I must have my own way.Must n’t expresses a negative obligation or prohibition

Eg : Cars must n’t be parked here.You mustn’t move out of the house.

OUGHT TOOught to is used :

(i) to express necessity, duty, and moral obligation :Eg : We ought to buy a radio. (necessity)

You ought to obey the orders.(duty)We ought to help the needy. (moral obligation)

(ii) ‘Ought to have’ is used to express a past obligation :Eg : You ought to have done that.

We ought to have helped him.

NEED

Need is used :(i) As a principal verb ‘need’ is used in the sense of ‘require’ :Eg : I need your help.

We need another player.(ii) As an auxiliary verb ‘need’ remains unchangedEg : You need not do it.(iii) When referring to past time ‘need’ is followed by the perfect infinitiveEg : You need not have waited for her.

She need not have lost her temper.

58

Page 59: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

DAREDare is used :

(i) As a principal verb ‘dare’ is used in the sense of face boldly’ :Eg : He dared me to swim across the river.

He dares you to a fight.(ii) As an auxiliary ‘dare’ is commonly used with ‘not’ :Eg : She dare not do it.

I dare not follow him.

USEDUsed is used :

(i) to refer to a past habit / to describe what once was. It is followed by the to – infinitive:Eg : He used to spend his holidays with his brother.

They used to look after their business.(ii) ‘To be used’ is used to mean ‘accustomed’Eg : He is used to driving long distances.

‘BE’ AUXILIARIES EXERCISE – 3.1I. Fill in the blanks with ‘Be’ auxiliaries:

1. Mohan says that honesty …........... the best policy.

2. It …........... good that you have come.

3. …........... your father at home? I want to meet him.

4. Where …........... you yesterday?

5. He said that he …........... very busy.

6. Mohan said that he …........... in Agra for two years.

7. I cannot catch the train because I …........... already late.

8. I couldn’t catch the train because I …........... late.

9. Deepa …........... too lazy to do her work.

10. He …........... not telling the truth.

11. …........... you a vegetarian or a non-vegetarian?

12. When I went to her house, she …........... watching T.V.

13. After a long search, the thieves …........... caught.

14. The house …........... built by the mason.

15. Jack and Jill …........... a married couple.

16. …........... she present yesterday?

17. What have you …........... doing this week?

59

Page 60: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

18. I …........... writing a detective story.

19. Caesar …........... stabbed by Brutus.

20. …........... tired, I went to bed early.

‘HAVE’ AUXILIARIESEXERCISE – 3.2

II. Fill in the blanks with ‘Have’ auxiliaries:

1. The train had left the station .............. before I arrived.

2. She. ................been suffering from fever for two days.

3. ................ finished the exercise, I went out to play.

4. All my friends................joined this college.

5. A good man and useful citizen ................ passed away.

6. It ................been a very cold winter.

7. I................ taken my camera with me.

8. One of my classmates...............won the first prize in weight lifting

9. The two brothers...............a good fight for their father’s property.

10. Either of these fellows...............stolen the watch.

11. Did you ...............a good sleep last night?

12. I feel hungry .But I don’t...............anything to eat.

13. We don’t...............to go to school on Saturdays.

14. King Dasaratha............... four sons.

15. ............. you got any friends in the town?

16. Salini.............blue eyes.

17. If you.............played the flute, I would have sung.

18. The new teacher.............taught us for six months

19. I ............. finished my work just now.

20. He............eaten all the food by the time we returned.

‘DO’ AUXILIARIESEXERCISE – 3.3

III. Fill in the blanks with ‘do’ auxiliaries:

1. They...........not work hard.

60

Page 61: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. How...........you go to school everyday? By bus or on foot.

3. I............ expect this from you.

4. She............not like mangoes.

5. Where ............you go yesterday?

6. What ............you do with the money I gave you yesterday?

7. The works have been ............perfectly well.

8. Mohan said that he had........... his work very well.

9. ............ forget to write you name on the study material given.

10. ............ you believe him?

11. He........... smoke but doesn’t admit it.

12. You............worry about your son. I ‘ll look after him.

13. ............ they take you home last week?

14. What a stupid thing you have............?

15. ........... your homework regularly.

16. She. ............not like to be called by her name.

17. I............ expect your presence here.

18. Some people.............believe in prophecy.

19. ............ you get my point?

20. ............ she speak French?

EXERCISE – 3.4Fill in the blanks with appropriate auxiliaries:

1. If I were rich, I...........help the poor.

2. Who............tolerate such an insult?

3. The case is serious. You............consult some good doctor.

4. You...........to serve your aged parents.

5. ...........I smoke here?

6. You have finished your work. You ...........go now.

7. You........... stand united.

8. We..........forget our duties.

9. We.........to win the trophy this time.

10. “.........I come again? No, you needn’t”

11. We have completed our work...........we go now?

12. ”Who..........answer this question?” said the teacher.

61

Page 62: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

13. I hope she..........do well in the examination.

14. He can bowl well, but he..........bat quite as well.

15. He might pass, but he.......... get good marks.

16. He .......... drive a car when he was ten.

17. I have brushed my teeth. You...........bring the coffee now.

18. He said that he...........finish the work in time

19. Sit down. You...........leave the hall so soon.

20. The principal is busy. You...........see him just now.

21. You are not a member of the club. You...........attend its meeting.

22. He...........smoke but does not admit.

23. I know that he..........beat my brother yesterday.

24. You..........worry about your son. I ...........help him in every way.

25. ...........We love our country? Of course we...........

26. You ...........to work very hard this year.

27. You...........do it if he does not help you.

28. I think you...........succeed if you try.

29. We...........hurry; we are very late.

30. I’m afraid I ...........tell you that. It is a secret.

31. Help! He ...........he drowned, if no one save him.

32. My grandmother ...........to tell us amusing stories after dinner.

33. ...........I have a word with you?

34. You ...........not worry, she won’t get lost.

35. The world ..........avoid war at all costs.

36. Your sister loves dolls. You...........to send her some.

37. He...........not take such a risk.

38. She ...........weep or she will die.

39. She...........to play chess before her winner.

40. Little children...........to be careful when crossing the road.

EXERCISE – 4Auxiliaries: Choose the correct alternative.

1. I don’t think I ………………………….………..(shall, should, can) be able to go.

2. He …………………………………….. (shall, will, dare) not pay unless he is compelled.

62

Page 63: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. You ……………………….……….. (should, would, ought) be punctual.

4. I wish you ………………………………….. (should, would, must) tell me earlier.

5. …………………………………….. (Shall, will, would) I assist you?

6. …………………………..……….. (Shall, should, would) you please help me with this?

7. You ……………………………….…….. (ought, should, would) to pay debts.

8. He said that I…………………………..….. (can, might, should) use his telephone at any time.

9. Unless you try hard, you ……………………………. (could, can, might) not reach the goal.

10. He ………………………..….. (need, dare, would) not ask for a rise, for fear of losing his job.

11. I …………….…….. (needn’t see, needn’t have seen, didn’t need to see) him, so I sent a letter.

12. ……………………………..…….. (Shall, might, could) you show mw the way to station?

13. To save my life, I ran fast, and ……….…………….. (would, could, was able to) reach safely.

14. I ………………………….….. (would, used, ought) to be an atheist but now I believe in God.

15. You ………………………….. (needn’t, mustn’t, won’t) light a match; the room is full of gas.

16. The Prime Minister ……………..………….. (would, need, is to) make a statement tomorrow.

17. You ……………………………………..….. (can, could, could have) win, if you run fast.

18. I was afraid that if I asked him again he …………………………….. (can, may, might) refuse.

19. She …………………….. (shall, will, dare) sit outside foe hours looking at the passing traffic.

20. …………………………….……….. (Should, would, shall) you like another cup of coffee?

21. I wish he ………………….…………….. (should, will, would) not play his wireless so loudly.

22. I …………………………………….….. (could not, will not, would not) go out, if it rains.

23. He …………………….……….. (used, is used, was used) to play cricket before his marriage.

24. …………………………………….. (Shall, will, would) I carry the box into the house for you?

63

Page 64: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

25. He …………………………….………….. (will, can, might) come, but I should be surprised.

Exercise : 5Auxiliaries & Modals:

a) Fill in the blanks choosing the correct word given in the brackets:

1. …………….. (do, did, done) you need to go?

2. He ………………….. (had, have, has) a car now.

3. He ………………….. ( was, is , are) a man.

4. ………………….. (can, may, need) I write him?

5. ………………….. (did, done, do) you know him?

6. He ………………….. (has, had, have) gone just now.

7. They ………………….. (had, have, has) done this recently.

8. They ………………….. (were, are, is) police.

9. ………………….. (shall, should, could) we get another Sachin?

10. When I saw them, they ………………….. (are, was, were) going.

b) Rewrite each of these sentences, using a modal verb.

1. Possibly she isn’t Anil’s sister.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

2. Perhaps we will go to Shimla next month.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

3. My sister was able to read the alphabet when she was 15 months old.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

4. It is necessary that you do not wash the car. (The paint is still wet)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

5. It is not necessary for you to wash the car.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

6. I am certain that they have left already.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

7. Do you allow me to use your phone?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

8. I was in the habit of using an umbrella when I was young.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

9. He will probably pass his driving test easily.

64

Page 65: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A: ___________________________________________________________.

65

Page 66: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

10. Perhaps he forgot about the meeting.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

11. I suggest visiting the Taj Mahal.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

12. Nobody has answered the phone; perhaps they have gone out.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

13. I am sure he is over seventy.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

14. It was not necessary for me to meet him but I met him.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

15. It was not necessary fro me to meet hi. ( and I didn’t meet him)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

66

Page 67: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

4. PREPOSITIONS

Definition :- A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun to show what one person or thing has to do with another person or thing.It denotes the relation between a noun or a pronoun and the other part of the sentence.

Eg:- There is a book on the table.The word ‘on’ shows the relation between two things ‘book’ and ‘table’.The noun or the pronoun which is placed after the preposition is called its object.

Kinds of prepositions :-At, by for, from, in, of, on, up, to with, out, through, above, across, along, amidst, among, before, below, beside, between, inside, outside, within, without etc., are said to be prepositions.

Uses of prepositions :-

At :- denotes a certain time, place of work etc.He gets up at five O’ clock.I met him at the market.Smith works at the public library.The train arrived at 9.45 AMHe stayed at Apsara Hotel.

In:- indicates time, place, names of certain places, passengers should be in time for the train. The horse ran the distance in two minutes.He lives in America.Most people like to live in cities.John works in a bank.

On:- denotes specific day, date, cause ,condition etc.,Indira Gandhi was born on November 19th, 1917. My brother reached London on Sunday.He is on duty.He acted on my advice.They came here on Friday afternoon.

By:- used in the passive voice, denotes means of travel, latest time, reason etc.,The snake was killed by him.Came and sit by me.She goes to school by bus.The work would be finished by Monday.We were irritated by her actions.

Of:- used to express cause, relief, relation, express a measure.She died of fever.The thief was accused of theft.Can I have a glass of water ?Are you aware of the risks ?

67

Page 68: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

He is one of my old friends.For:- to show the lapse of time, express purpose, cause etc.

We are waiting for the train to arrive.It rained fro three hours.He shouted for help.Its for this reason he came here.He left for Hyderabad yesterday.

To:- indicates things in motion, direction, decision etc.,He ran to schoolLet us go to the park.I prefer tea to coffee.He wishes to go for a walk everyday.I accompanied my friend to the bus stop.

Towards:- indicates directionHe walked towards the bus stop.He ran towards the poles.

Along:- indicates directionHe walked along the road.

Against:- denotes opposition of same land.One should not act against the orders.The work was done against the orders of the Principal.

With:- indicates the agent of an action.He cut the tree with an axe.HE Completed the task with great difficulty.

Beside:- means by side ofHe sat beside his friend.He put the pen beside the book.

Besides:- means something in addition to Besides being a teacher, she is a lecture.He has many problems besides this.

Between:- refers to two persons or things.The ball was placed between the two poles.Bob sat between Mary any jim .

Among:- refer to more than two persons or things :-The boys quarreled among themselves.The property was distributed equally among the brothers.

Since:- indicates a point of time.They have been living this house since ten years.I have known him since 1970.

68

Page 69: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

EXERCISE – 4.1Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions

1. He lives ______ Hyderabad.

2. It has been raining ______ morning.

3. She ordered tow cups ______ coffee.

4. Ravana was killed ______ Rama.

5. ______ the morning, the children go to school.

6. The king ______ Nepal was on a visit to India.

7. The lion sprang ______ the cow.

8. I found him leaning ______ the chair.

9. It had a small kitchen garden ______ the back.

10. I told him ______ his face that he could not pass.

11. I have learned this lesson word ______ word.

12. Kashmir is a bone of connection ______ India and Pakistan.

13. Please open your hook ______ page twenty.

14. I saw him sitting ______ the minister.

15. Our friends have not been here ______ long.

16. Cigarette smoking is injurious ______ health.

17. Translate this passage from English ______ Hindi.

18. Let’s study the action ______ the heart.

19. Sachin has six fingers ______ the left.

20. It has been raining cats and dogs ______ Monday.

21. It is half part ten ______ my watch.

22. The tired traveler was sitting ______ the shade of the tree.

23. OUR examination begins ______ Monday.

24. The lamp fell and was broken ______ pieces.

25. He cut the apple ______ a new knife.

26. Sneha was admitted ______ the tenths class.

27. The children are fond ______ sweets.

28. The girl is related ______ the teacher.

29. My father is angry ______ me.

30. Road well ______ you answer the question.

31. Our head master has been working in this school ______ ten years.

32. The brothers divided the property ______ themselves after their father’s death.

69

Page 70: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

33. Our principal usually comes ______ first bell.

34. I have a pen ______ the table.

35. Mokamen Ghat was infested ______ poisonous snakes.

36. Your method is different ______ (than, from)

37. The train is ______ (in, on) Time

38. He is true ______ (to, with) his friends.

39. Distribute the mangoes ______ (among, between) the students.

40. She comes ______ (of, from) a noble family.

41. The soldiers marched ______ (in, into) the courtyard.

42. He congratulated me ______ (for, on) my success.

43. She was struck ______ (with , by) lightly.

44. He is not ______ (at, in) home just now.

45. We had to write the paper ______ (in, with) ink.

46. The boy is suffering ______ (by, with, from, of) fever.

47. The bag is red ______ colour. (on, by, with in)

48. His defective eyesight prevented him ______ enjoying sports. (in, for, from, to)

49. The thief was armed ______ a big stick. (with, by, on, to)

50. He jumped ______ joy (with, in)

Study Hour Exercise : 4.2Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions

1. I met a beggar …………………….……. the way.

2. I was surprised ………………………… his failure.

3. I am not acquainted ………………………….. her.

4. Be kind ……………………….….. the poor.

5. I warned him ……………………….…….. the danger.

6. I have no taste …………………………. music.

7. Her face is familiar ………………….. me.

8. He is always in need ……………………..…. money.

9. She is very fond …………………………….. chocolates.

10. She agreed …………………………..……. my proposal.

11. We deeply sympathized ………………….……….. her.

12. I will not hide the truth ………………………..……. you.

13. We waited …………………..………… the train.

70

Page 71: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

14. He is sure ………………………..…… success.

15. I relied ………………………… the information you gave me.

16. He protected me ………………………… the danger.

17. He complained ………………….….. me ……………….……. the Headmaster.

18. He is now free ……………………….. pain.

19. We were provided ……………………….……… ink, pen and paper.

20. I am preparing ………………………..…… the exam.

21. She does not care ……………………….…. any one.

22. I am curious ……………………………… know it.

23. The dog is faithful ……………………………….. his master.

24. I congratulated him ………………………. his success.

25. I am late by ………………..……. 10 minutes.

26. Beware ……………………….… mad dogs.

27. I prefer milk ……………………… tea.

28. Has she recovered …………………..………….. illness?

29. Satish is good ………………………………… English.

30. He introduced me ………………………………. his uncle.

Study Hour Exercise: 4.3Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions:

1. The teacher was displeased ………………..……….. me.

2. The basket is full …………………………. flowers.

3. She prays ………………………..…. God daily.

4. He is busy …………………….…… his work.

5. He is addicted ………………..……….. smoking.

6. Have faith ……………………..… God.

7. He is negligent ………………..………….his work.

8. He insisted …………………..…… going there.

9. I am prepared …………………..…….. the worst.

10. Bala depends ………………………… your help.

11. My pen is superior ……………….………….. yours.

12. We were grieved …………………..………… hear this.

13. He has no pity ………………………… the poor.

14. The accused was charged ………………..………….. murder.

71

Page 72: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

15. She was very anxious …………………………….. her son’s health.

16. He is poor …………………………….…. Mathematics.

17. She is obedient …………………..………… her parents.

18. I listened …………………….….. what he said.

19. He is famous ……………….…….. his kindness.

20. Are you tired ………………………. waiting?

21. We believe ………………………….…… God.

22. Can you translate this Telugu paragraph …………………….…….. English?

23. He was killed …………………………… a robber.

24. The mad dog ran …………………..…….. the road.

25. There is no cure ………………….….. laziness.

26. The girl goes to school …………………………….. foot.

27. Tobacco is any form is injurious …………………..……. health.

28. This flower is different ……………………………….. that flower.

29. She tore the paper ………………………..… pieces.

30. The cat sprang ………………………….. the rat.

Exercise: 6 Prepositions: Fill in the blanks with suitable Prepositions: 1. The policeman is ______________ duty. 2. I met a beggar ______________ the way. 3. Father is ______________ home. 4. I was talking ______________ my friend. 5. He died ______________ plague. 6. She is proud ______________ her beauty. 7. I was surprised ______________ his failure. 8. I congratulate you ________ your success ______________ the examination. 9. I am not acquainted ______________ her. 10. I agree ______________ you ______________ all points. 11. Be kind ______________ the poor.12. He is married ______________ Rita. 13. I warned him ______________ the danger. 14. Beware ______________ mad dogs.15. He is famous ______________ his learning. 16. He is related ______________ me. 17. She laughed ______________ my face. 18. I have no taste ______________ music. 19. I am sorry ______________ my mistake.

72

Page 73: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

20. Her face is familiar ______________ me. 21. He is always in need ______________ money. 22. She is very fond ______________ sweets. 23. This pen differs ______________ that. 24. I prefer milk ______________ tea. 25. She agreed ______________ my proposal. 26. We deeply sympathized ______________ her. 27. She acted ______________ my advice. 28. The hall was full ______________ people. 29. I am obliged ______________ you ______________ your kindness.

30. She insisted ______________ going there.

Exercise:7Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.

1. This building comprises ____________ sixty rooms.

2. He is busy ____________ his work.

3. The passengers are cautioned ____________ pickpockets.

4. The officer is quite popular ____________ his juniors.

5. Please send ____________a doctor.

6. His skills come ____________ practice.

7. He left ____________ the conference.

8. Sita is taller than Geetha ____________ two inches.

9. There is a cow ____________ the field.

10. The mother lulled the baby ____________ sleep.

11. He left school ____________ the age of 15.

12. He is famous all ____________ the world.

13. The sun hid ____________ the clouds.

14. He invited me ____________ dinner.

15. He has not been here ____________ Monday.

16. The book was written ____________ me.

17. Put your books ____________ the table.

18. They were driving ____________ full speed.

19. I take coffee ____________ milk.

20. He is a man ____________ great character.

21. She spends her time ____________ reading books.

22. She has been writing ____________ two hours.

73

Page 74: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

23. The office works ____________ 10.00 and 5.00.

24. He hails ____________ a noble family

25. Don’t go out ____________ the rain.

26. Don’t look ____________ me like that.

27. I am angry ____________ his behaviour.

28. Distribute the sweets ____________ you four.

29. Please listen ____________ me.

30. He is proud ____________ his riches.

31. I complained ____________ him.

32. He is fond ____________ sweets.

33. The cat is ____________ the table.

34. I sat ____________ Raghu and Krishna.

35. My house is ____________ the temple.

36. Here is the watch you asked ____________.

37. What are you thinking ____________?

38. That is the boy I was speaking ____________

39. In case ____________ need, call me.

40. A little girl sat ____________ the shadow.

41. I prefer coffee ____________ tea.

42. I am not familiar ____________ this.

43. Come away ____________ there.

44. She plucked the flowers ____________ the tree.

45. The dog ran ____________ the road.

* * *

74

Page 75: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

5. THE ARTICLE

‘A’ or ‘An’ and ‘The’ are called articles. They are essentially adjectives, determiners.

Where is an indefinite article used ?Note:- ‘A’ or ‘An’ is used before a singular countable noun. ‘A’ or ‘An’ implies ‘one’. The use of the indefinite article depends on the spoken form of the word and not on the written form.

‘A’ is used before a consonant sound :Eg: - a boy, a red sari, a pen, a chair, a pond, a bus , a girl, a town.

‘An’ is used before a vowel sound :Eg: - an egg, an umbrella, an eagle, an inkpot, an apple, an orange.We also use indefinite article ‘A’-

a. before a word beginning with a vowel but giving the sound of a consonant.Eg: 1. He gave me a one rupee note.

2. I saw a one – legged man. Here we get ‘v’ sound3. This is a one-way road.4. It will be completed within a year.

5. She is a university student6. It is a useful book Here we get the sound of ‘YU’.7. He is a European.

b. to show that something is same.Eg:- 1. Birds of a feather flock together

2. Two of a trade seldom agree.c. In the sense of ‘every’.

Eg: - 1. Apples cost Rs. 70/- a dozen2. A pen earns him a profit of one rupee (every pen)

d. When a proper noun is used in the sense of common nounEg: - 1. A Daniel (a wise judge) comes to judgement.

f. to show a certain quantity :-a lot of, a great deal of , a couple of,

g. In exclamationsWhat a pity !What a fine day !

THE USE OF ‘AN’1. Used before a word which starts with a consonant but has a vowel sound.

Eg:- an hour, an honourable man.

2. Used before abbreviation that begin with a consonant but has a vowel sound.Eg:- an M.A. student, an S.P., an M.L.A.

75

Page 76: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

USAGE OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE ‘THE’1. The is used before the nouns which are specific, unique, or only one of its kind.

Eg: - The sun, the moon, the earth

2. When we are speaking of a particular person or thing or one already referred to 1. The pen which I want was not availableb) The book you mentioned was out of print.

3. Used before the names of rivers, seas, oceans, mountains, islands, gulfs, deserts, canals, plains, seasons etc.Eg: The Ganga, The Red Sea, The Bay of Bengal, The Himalayas, The Sahara, The Rainy Season.

4. Before holy books :Eg:- The Rmayana, The Bible, The KOranNote:- If the authors name is indicated ‘the’ is omitted.Eg:- Valmiki’s Ramayana

5. Before Newspapers.Eg:- The Hindu, The D.C.

6. Before Superlative degreeEg:- This is the best movie I ‘ve ever seen

He is the noblest of all.

7. With most of the common time expressionsEg: - WE expect him to reach in the morning.

8. Before a noun, which becomes definite as a result of being mentioned again.Eg: - Once upon a time there lived a king. The king had four sons.

9. before comparatives when they are repeated (more ……. less)Eg:- The deeper the well the cooler the water is.The less you work, the less you get.The higher you go, the cooler it is.The more one has, the more one wants.

10. before the names of public buildings, institutionsEg:- The Tajmahal, The University of London, The Nehru Zoological park.

11. Before the names of peoples (nations) families and Adjectives formed from proper nouns as

Eg: - The English Language, The Hindus, The Buddists, The Turkish tobacco

12. Before a common noun, to give it meaning of an Abstract Noun; asEg:- 1. He felt the patriot in his heart. (the patriotic spirit or feeling)

2. At last the mother in her was thoroughly aroused. (the motherly feeling)

76

Page 77: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

13. Before ordinals :Ex:- The fifteenth of August, The first of January.

14. Before a proper noun only when it is qualified by an Adjective or by a phrase or a clause used as an Adjective.Eg: - The immortal Shakespeare

The great Ceasar.

Omission of Article : ‘The’1. Article is not used before common nouns used in the widest sense.

Man is mortal.Woman is delicate hearted.

2. Before proper nounsMumbai is a big city.Soloman was a wise ruler.

3. Before abstract nouns used in general sense asHonestyis the best policy.He loved wisdom and virtue.

4. Before material nouns :Gold is a precious metal.Bench is made of wood.

Exercise – 5.1Articles: Fill in the blanks with suitable articles.

1. _____________ cow is __________ animal.

2. ___________ eye has _________ lid.

3. ______________ ornament is made of gold.

4. __________ sword is made of steel.

5. ___________ fly is ____________ insect.

6. _______________ owl is _____________ bird.

7. She returned after _____________ hour.

8. Misha is ____________ tallest girl in the class.

9. ________ sun rises in _______ east.

10. I saw ___________ one-eyed man.

11. He is ______ man who can do it.

12. _______ Bible is _______ sacred book of ________ Christians.

13. Raju is ________ honest boy.

14. She wrote _________ essay.

15. I waited for you for _________ hour.

16. I heard __________ loud noise.

77

Page 78: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

17. Jack and Jill went up ___________ hill.

18. The game came to ____________ end.

19. Newton was ____________ great scientist.

20. He was ______ best judge of horses.

21. _____________ umbrella is _________useful thing.

22. She is ____________ American.

23. _______________ Taj express is late today.

24. _____________ gardener is watering _________ plants.

25. Please give me _____________ apple.

26. I go for ______ walk in _______ evenings.

27. Horse is _________ noble animal.

28. She is __________ cleverest girl in our class.

29. ________________ rich should help __________ poor.

30. Look at ____________ black board.

31. He gave me ______ one-rupee note.

32. Shut _____ door but open ___________ window.

33. What ______ stupid girl she is!

34. I saw ______ ox grazing in _______ field.

35. There are twelve months in _________ year.

36. _______________ Germans are defeated by __________ English.

37. ___________ train was ___________ hour late.

38. Kamala is ___________ idle girl.

39. ________ iron box is heavy.

40. English is __________ easy language.

41. _________ Himalayas are _______ highest mountains in _______world.

42. She is _________ old woman of ninety.

43. He is _______________ cleverest boy in ______ class.

44. He is ___________ Indian but his wife is ___________ American.

45. ______________ Ramayana is ________ holy book of _______ Hindus.

46. She has ______________ ugly face.

47. Srilanka is ____________ island.

48. _______________ honest man is __________ noblest work of God.

49. ___________ earth moves round ____________ sun.

50. ____________ Europoean came to see me yesterday.

78

Page 79: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise – 5.2Articles: Fill in the blanks with suitable articles.

1. He is ___________ most courageous man I have ever seen.

2. I first met her _______ year ago.

3. This is ____________ oldest house in the village.

4. I shall return in __________ hour.

5. ______________ rose is _____________ loveliest of all flowers.

6. _____________ aeroplane flies in _________ sky.

7. ____________ Ganges is _________ sacred river.

8. I saw ____________ ass grazing in _____________ garden.

9. Have _______ inkpot with you?

10. __________ Alps cannot be easily climbed.

11. We found _________ empty box.

12. He bought _______ ox and ______ buffalo.

13. We saw __________ Englishman riding on __________ elephant.

14. ___________ boy with _________ red coat is my cousin.

15. We saw ________ ugly woman and _____________ foolish man.

16. Delhi is _________ capital of India.

17. French is ____________ easy language.

18. Copper is _________ useful metal.

19. Let us discuss ________ matter seriously.

20. John is _________ American, but James is _______ European.

21. _____________ Ramayana is ________ epic.

22. He can play ___________ flute well.

23. Gold is ____________ precious metal.

24. _________ cow is __________ useful animal.

25. He is as stupid as _________ owl.

26. The children found _____ egg in _________ nest.

27. _____________ Andamans are ______ group of islands.

28. He is eating _________ ice-cream.

29. Twelve inches make ________ foot.

30. ___________ Bible is ___________ holy book.

31. Honesty is __________ best policy.

32. _________ lion is _________ king of beasts.

33. He is not ________________ honourable man.

79

Page 80: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

34. She is ____________ untidy girl.

35. March is _____________ third month of _________ year.

36. ____________ Himalayas lie to _________ north of India.

37. I saw _________ one-eyed beggar in _________ street.

38. Sanjay is __________ laziest boy in _________ class.

39. ___________ Nile is a long river.

40. He has been suffering for ___________ last two days.

41. __________ poor are becoming poorer.

42. ______ higher you go _______ cooler it gets.

43. ______________ monkey is _____________ mischievous animal.

44. _________ writing of that man is good.

45. Krishna went to ________ rescue of Arjuna.

46. This is ____________ only medicine available here.

47. The girl is ____________ orphan.

48. He called me from __________ distance.

49. I waited for him for ________ hour and _________ half.

50. This is _______________ unfortunate incident.

Exercise: 8Articles: Fill in the blanks with suitable articles.

1. The earth is __________ planet.

2. Do you see __________ blue sky?

3. Allaudin has __________wonderful lamp.

4. French is __________easy language.

5. The world is __________happy place.

6. Sanskrit is __________difficult language.

7. John got __________ best prize.

8. __________ government passed __________ order.

9. __________ Mr. Shyam calls you over the phone.

10. __________ poor are becoming poorer.

11. __________ hand writing of that man is very good.

12. Tomorrow will be ___________ holiday.

13. I saw __________ elephant in ___________ zoo.

14. Is there ____________ hospital in this place?

15. __________ dog is __________ faithful animal.

16. My brother has __________ few friends.

80

Page 81: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

17. What __________ pretty girl!

18. Kalidasa is __________ Shakespeare of India.

19. __________ doctor belongs to __________ noble family.

20. The Mahabharata is __________ epic.

21. This is __________ boy who won the match.

22. Mussolini is __________ Hitler of Italy.

23. I looked at him for __________ few minutes.

24. She reads __________ Gita.

25. He is __________ idiot.

26. __________ cow is __________ useful animal.

27. He is __________ angry man.

28. __________ Taj is __________ heritage monument.

29. __________ Indian can easily befriend __________ European.

30. He went to __________ hospital to see his uncle.

31. He met with _____________ accident.

32. Man is __________ social animal.

33. There is __________ orange in __________ basket.

34. Tomorrow will be __________ holiday.

35. We play tennis in __________ evening.

36. Copper is __________ useful metal.

37. __________ car in that showroom is beautiful.

38. What __________ lovely building!

39. __________ more you give __________ more he wants.

40. He called me from __________ distance.

41. One evening __________ beggar came to my door.

42. I found __________ one-rupee coin.

43. __________ apple __________ day keeps __________ doctor away.

44. Asia is __________ continent.

45. My wife is __________ M.A.

46. He is late by __________ hour.

47. I joined in __________ University.

48. This is __________ unfortunate incident.

49. Rome was not built in __________ day.

50. She knew __________ lot of things.

81

Page 82: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise:9Articles: Fill in the blanks with suitable articles.

1. Peaches are sold by __________ dozen.

2. The doctor said that it was __________ hopeless case.

3. __________ Hindu is __________ oldest newspaper in India.

4. __________ poem is very interesting.

5. I saw __________ police officer.

6. This is __________ University.

7. I first met him __________ year ago.

8. I like jam on __________ piece of bread.

9. __________ friend in need is __________ friend indeed.

10. How blue __________ sky looks!

11. Rustum is __________ young Parsee.

12. Sachin is __________ Don Bradman of Jndia.

13. Rama has come without __________ umbrella.

14. They formed __________ union.

15. The Pacific is __________ ocean.

16. __________ Titanic was a big ship.

17. __________ cow is worshipped in India.

18. __________ Andamans are in __________ Bay of Bengal.

19. They do not do it as __________ rule.

20. Raju joined in __________ university.

21. Benaras is a __________ city.

22. What __________ grand sight!

23. __________ lion is __________ king of beasts.

24. At first, __________ infant mewls and pukes in __________ nurse’s arms.

25. __________ stitch in time saves nine.

26. There is __________ ox under the tree.

27. He is __________ man of great wealth.

28. Everyone respects __________ honest man.

29. This is __________ best game.

30. __________ Pluto is the smallest planet.

31. __________ dog is __________ faithful animal.

32. Speak __________ truth.

82

Page 83: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

33. Priya is __________ cleverest girl in the class.

34. They work as __________ unit.

35. I joined __________ union.

36. He is __________ most cunning man.

37. There is __________ lion in __________ zoo.

38. __________ moon is a satellite.

39. I like to leave in __________ open air.

40. __________ rich ought to help __________ poor.

41. __________ boy who is walking there, is my friend.

42. India is __________ noble land.

43. He is famous all over __________ world.

44. __________ sky is blue.

45. __________ sea is deep.

46. __________ man you wanted is over there.

47. Prabhu Deva is __________ Michael Jackson of India.

48. I ate __________ apple.

49. __________ hour has 60 minutes.

50. __________ gift that you gave me is very valuable.

* * *

83

Page 84: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

6. THE SENTENCE

When we speak or write anything, we use some words. We generally use these words in groups.E.g. An apple is a fruit. Definition: - A group of words which makes complete sense is called a Sentence. A sentence always begins with a capital letter.

Kinds of sentences:THE SENTENCE

DECLARATIVE IMPERATIVE EXCLAMATORY INTERROGATIVE SENTENCE SENTENCE SENTENCE SENTENCE

1. Declarative sentence: - A statement is called a declarative sentence or an assertive sentence.E.g. 1. The earth revolves around the sun.

2. The school re-opens on 12th June. 3. He is a good cricketer.

2. Imperative sentence: - A sentence that is represented in a polite manner or in the form of a request, command, order, wish etc., is called an imperative sentence.E.g. Requests: 1. Please lend me your book.

2. Will you please get me a glass of water? 3. Please keep the class neat and tidy.

Commands: 1. Stop talking. 2. Close the door. 3. Be quiet.

Orders: 1. Make two cups of tea. 2. Complete the given work by evening.

3. All of you must come to school in full uniform.

3. Exclamatory sentence: - A sentence that expresses sudden or strong feelings of joy, sorrow,

happiness, anger or sympathy is called an exclamatory sentence.An exclamatory sentence always ends with an exclamatory mark (!).

E.g. 1. How cold the night is! 2. How beautiful the flower is! 3. What a pitiable deed indeed!

4. Interrogative sentence: - A sentence that asks a question is called an interrogative sentence. An Interrogative sentence ends with a question mark (?).E.g. 1. Where do you live?

84

Page 85: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. Why is the child crying? 3. What is the price of this watch? 4. When do you go to bed? The “Wh” words are what, why, where, when, who, whose, whom and how.

Verbal questions: - Verbal questions are those which are formed by using auxiliary verbs or helping verbs. These questions also end with a question mark (?).

E.g. 1. Have you heard the news of her death? 2. Can he drive the point home?

3. Were you present at the meeting yesterday?

EXERCISE – 6.1

I. State whether the following sentences are Declarative, Imperative, Exclamatory or Interrogative:-

1. When does the coffee house re-open? [ ]

2. The match starts at 9 o’clock. [ ]

3. Please pay heed to my request. [ ]

4. Here comes the bus! [ ]

5. Honey is sweet. [ ]

6. Have you finished the given work? [ ]

7. What a strange event! [ ]

8. My watch keeps good time. [ ]

9. Did she speak the truth? [ ]

10. Why have you acted so foolishly? [ ]

11. Please keep your surroundings neat and clean. [ ]

12. Enter by the left door. [ ]

13. Many people gathered at the accident spot. [ ]

14. Why are you making such a lot of noise? [ ]

15. What a stupid thing have you done! [ ]

16. There is little truth in his evidence. [ ]

17. We should keep our promises. [ ]

18. We ought to love our parents. [ ]

19. It was an unforgettable event indeed. [ ]

20. How beautifully she sings! [ ]

21. Has she gone to the market? [ ]

22. Life is not a bed of roses. [ ]

85

Page 86: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

23. Never defy your parents. [ ]

24. Why is she always late to class? [ ]

25. What a pity! [ ]

EXERCISE – 6.1

Interchange of sentences from affirmative to negative.

I. Change the following sentences into the Negative form without changing the meaning:

1. He is as brave as a lion.

Ans …………………………………………………..

2. He is richer than me.

Ans …………………………………………………….

3. This gate is sometimes closed.

Ans ……………………………………………………

4. Only a fool would behave in such a way.

Ans ……………………………………………………

5. Few men could have done better in the circumstances.

Ans …………………………………………………..

6. He tried every plan.

Ans ………………………………………………….

7. Few men are cruel to a beggar.

Ans ………………………………………………….

8. He is the richest man in the city.

Ans …………………………………………………

9. She gave us little reward.

Ans ………………………………………………….

10. You are quite as foolish as he is.

Ans ………………………………………………….

11. Kumar is the strongest boy in the class.

Ans …………………………………………………..

12. As soon as the thief saw the policeman, he ran away.

Ans …………………………………………………….

13. Only a fool would say such a thing.

Ans …………………………………………………….

86

Page 87: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

14. There is always some lightning when it thunders.

Ans ………………………………………………………

15. As soon as the teacher entered the room, every boy was silent.

Ans ………………………………………………………

EXERCISE – 6.1From negative to affirmative

II. Change the following sentences in the Affirmative form without changing the meaning.

1. There is no smoke without fire.

Ans ………………………………………………………………………….

2. He did not know much of the matter.

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………

3. There was no one present who did not criticize her conduct.

Ans` ………………………………………………………………………………..

4. He promised never to tell lies again.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………….

5. I shall never forget your kindness.

Ans ………………………………………………………………………………..

6. No one can deny that he has done his best.

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………….

7. Sarojini is not so clever as Binadini.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………

8. There is nobody who believes in her honesty.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………

9. He was not a bit tired when he reached home.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………

10. No one but a coward would fail to do his duty.

Ans ………………………………………………………………………………….

11. No sooner did he come out of the court than the enemies fell on him.

Ans ………………………………………………………………………………….

12. No sooner did they reach the play ground than it began to rain.

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………..

13. I wish it would not be very hot.

Ans ………………………………………………………………………………

87

Page 88: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

14. He did not live many years in India.

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………….

15. God will not forget the cry of the humble.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………..

EXERCISE – 6.2

Interrogative to assertiveIII. Transform the following questions into the Assertive form:

1. Is there anything greater than love?

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………..

2. Who does not love his country?

Ans ………………………………………………………………………………..

3. When can her glory fade?

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………….

4. Why to waste time in reading novels?

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………….

5. Can a tiger change its nature?

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………

6. Was he not a rogue to do such a deed?

Ans ………………………………………………………………………………..

7. Can you gather grapes from thorns?

Ans ………………………………………………………………………………..

8. Shall we ever see her again?

Ans ………………………………………………………………………………….

9. Are we born simply to eat?

Ans ………………………………………………………………………………….

10. Can we ever see those happy days?

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

11. Who can become rich by adopting dishonest means?

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………………

12. Is there anything better than a busy life?

Ans …………………………………..............................................................................

13. Could we do anything without your help?

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

88

Page 89: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

14. Was that an example to be followed?

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

15. Where in the world will you find a fairer building than the TajMahal?

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………………

EXERCISE – 6.2Interchange of interrogative to assertive or vice versa

1. Isn’t wisdom much better than riches ?

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

2. I never asked you to do it.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

3. Is there any sense in doing that ?

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Everyone knows that two and two make four.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

5. That is not the way a gentleman should behave.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

6. Can any man serve God and Mammon ?

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

7. Is it in any way useful to preach religion to a hungry man ?

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

8. Is this the kind of dress a young lady should wear ?

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

9. A leopard can not change its spots.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

10. It doesn’t profit a man if he gains the whole world and loses his own soul.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

11. Everyone knows the leopard.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

12. We cannot gather groups from thorns and figs from thistles.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

89

Page 90: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise: 10Kinds of Sentences: Change the given sentences as directed.

1. Are you a doctor? ( Affirmative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

2. You are a girl. (Interrogative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

3. It is a beautiful scene. (Exclamatory)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

4. I shot an arrow into the air. (Interrogative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

5. Will she go to a movie? (Affirmative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

6. He was greater than Akbar. (Negative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

7. When can their glory fade? (Affirmative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

8. What a sight it was! (Affirmative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

9. This is not the kind of dress to wear in school. (Interrogative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

10. I am not the criminal. (Positive)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

11. What a delicious meal! (Interrogative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

12. It is a horrible night. (Exclamatory)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

13. He reads newspaper every morning. (Negative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

14. He went to school yesterday. (Interrogative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

15. Shall I ever get those happy days? (Assertive)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

90

Page 91: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

16. That man showed us some ancient coins. (Negative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

17. It is a very tall building. (Exclamatory)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

18. He is going. (Negative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

19. He is greater than I. (Negative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

20. I am not a little tired. (Positive)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

21. We did not find the road very bad. (Positive)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

22. There is no smoke without fire. (Positive)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

23. Were they going? (Affirmative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

24. The two brothers are not unlike each other. (Positive)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

25. What a piece of work man is! (Affirmative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

26. Night is very beautiful. (Exclamatory)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

27. Who does not know the owl? (Affirmative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

28. He has stolen the money. (Interrogative)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

29. He is not a good man. (Positive)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

30. Nobody was absent. (Positive)

A: ___________________________________________________________.

91

Page 92: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise: 11Transform the following sentences as directed:

1. Were we fools to do it? (Into Assertive)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. Who can run the race? (Into Assertive)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. It is a beautiful city. (Into Interrogative)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

4. He fought bravely. (Into Interrogative)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

5. How brightly the moon shines! (Into Assertive)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. What a wonderful creation this is! (Into Assertive)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

7. None can dare to do it. (Into Interrogative)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

8. Can I take it as a challenge? (Into Assertive)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

9. He shifted his camp to the sea – side. (Into Interrogative)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

10. He faced the lion bravely. (Into Exclamatory)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

11. She is very poor. (Into Exclamatory)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

12. Can anyone dream of such a situation? (Into Assertive)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

13. He died of heart attack. (Into Exclamatory)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

14. He passed on the ball to the next. (Into Interrogative)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

15. None can dare to speak to him. (Into Interrogative)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

16. When can he achieve the target? (Into Assertive)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

17. Oh! That I were a child again. (Into Assertive)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

18. Tajmahal is a beautiful monument. (Into Exclamatory)

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

92

Page 93: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

7. QUESTION TAGS

1. Read the following sentences :(a) It’s not a brilliant publication, is it?(b) You know him, don’t you?(c) They will accompany you, won’t they?Notice that these sentences are not questions, but each one is accompanied by a tag

with a question mark at the end. The words in bold type in the above sentences are question-tags. All sentence types, except interrogatives, can be accompanied by question-tags.

A tag reverses the subject-verb order of the main clause.He walks to office, doesn’t he?

A tag is generally negative if the main clause is positive and vice-versa.You are happy, aren’t you?You aren’t happy, are you?

Response to a tag is always ‘yes’ or ‘no’. A tag is normally used to seek confirmation of the point made in the statement.

II. Add question-tags to each of the following. Use correct punctuation marks.(a) Children like sweets, _______________________(b) They are joining us here, _______________________(c) You’ll contact him, _______________________(d) You like the way it is done, _______________________(e) He wouldn’t want it, _______________________(f) Your sisters have trained you in music, _______________________(g) Your cousin went to college last year, _______________________(h) When we reached, they had finished dinner, _______________________(i) You shouldn’t speak loudly, _______________________(j) I don’t have to do it, _______________________

III. Look at the following imperative sentences and the accompanying tags. Shut the door, will you?

can you?can’t you?could you?

Sit down, will you?won’t you?can you?can’t you?could you?

Imperatives allow for a wide choice of tags. The speaker’s intention as well as the context determines which tag is to be used with an imperative sentences.IV. Add suitable tags to the following sentences. Use correct punctuation marks.1. How gracefully she sings!, _______________________

93

Page 94: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. Cool down, _______________________3. He must do it, _______________________4. They ought to be punished, _______________________5. Come here, _______________________

A ‘Question Tag’ – is generally used when we want the listener to confirm what we have said.E.g. 1. Peter works hard, doesn’t he?

2. He doesn’t like reading books, does he?

Note: When the statement is positive, the tag is negative.When the statement is negative, the tag is positive.

Some more examples: - 1. You are coming tomorrow, aren’t you?2. You know her well, don’t you?3. She will visit us tomorrow, won’t she?4. She didn’t lie to us, did she?5. He hasn’t finished his work yet, has he?

Exercise: 7.1Add appropriate question tags:

1. They haven’t come, __________________?

2. You are free, __________________?

3. Your sister is cooking well, __________________?

4. She hasn’t come yet, __________________?

5. Gopi has broken the glass, __________________?

6. You don’t like him, __________________?

7. It is raining, __________________?

8. Sita did it, __________________?

9. Kishore will come, __________________?

10. He hadn’t passed the exam, __________________?

11. He didn’t paint it himself, __________________?

12. We have sold the house, __________________?

13. Let’s go to the picture, __________________?

14. Some of us didn’t go to play cricket, __________________?

15. None of the clerks had come, __________________?

16. The boy will do it, __________________?

94

Page 95: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

17. I am a boy, __________________?

18. He would like to play, __________________?

19. They could lift the box, __________________?

20. She can do it, __________________?

21. They are playing well, __________________?

22. He watches a film everyday, __________________?

23. I did the work, __________________?

24. You must clear it, __________________?

25. Some of you open the door, __________________?

26. I am playing chess, __________________?

27. He is not drawing the picture, __________________?

28. Let’s discuss the matter, __________________?

29. It is not cold, __________________?

30. It didn’t sound alright, __________________?

31. You could not do me the favour, __________________?

32. Today is Sunday, __________________?

33. Nothing will work, __________________?

34. You could lend me some money, __________________?

35. Don’t make a noise, __________________?

36. He was here yesterday, __________________?

37. I am a student, __________________?

38. I am not a magician, __________________?

39. Rani has never drunk coffee, __________________?

40. Two roads did diverge in a yellow wood, __________________?

41. I didn’t take the other road, __________________?

42. We know him, __________________?

43. We don’t know him, __________________?

44. I shall do it, __________________?

45. He will be there before six, __________________?

46. It won’t be a good thing, __________________?

47. They will appreciate good food, __________________?

48. I have invited you, __________________?

49. It isn’t time to leave, __________________?

50. Ganesh can write as fast as you speak, __________________?

95

Page 96: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise: 7.2I Add the suitable question tag.

1. He came early this morning,………………………?

2. She swims well, ……………………………?

3. I ran very quickly, ……………………..……?

4. Ravi accepted the gift, …………………………?

5. Snow covered the houses, ……………………….……?

6. He finished the work in time, ………………….………?

7. You teach English, …………………..………?

8. He didn’t come, ……………………..……?

9. He drinks too much, ……………………………?

10. We got home very late, …………………………?

11. Boys don’t like to wash, ……………….…………?

12. George left for Mumbai,……………….…………?

13. Viswanath plays chess very well, …………….……………?

14. Her rudeness vexes me, ………………..………?

15. Anil reads French fluently, ………………..…………?

16. Your dog barks at passing scooters, …………………………?

17. The post office doesn’t work on Sundays, …………………………?

18. Children enjoy listening to music, …………………..………?

19. This medicine tastes bitter, ……………………………?

20. Your sister cooks well, ……………………..……?

21. This bottle contains milk, ………………….…………?

22. You love your parents, ………………….……?

23. We didn’t wait, …………………………?

24. We go now, …………………….……?

25. You knew that before, …………………….……?

26. His decisions surprise me, …………………….………?

27. Padma broke the jug, …………………..………?

28. We keep the butter here, …………………………?

29. All of us like ice creams, ……………………………?

30. People speak English all over the world, …………………..………?

31. Marconi invented the wireless, ……………….…………?

32. All the boys laughed at the poor beggar, ………………..…………?

96

Page 97: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

33. The flowers smell sweet, …………………..……?

34. She deposited the money in the bank, ……………………………?

35. The managers grant permission, …………………..………?

36. Few students ask questions,…………………..……?

37. Gandhiji preached Non-Violence, ……………………………?

38. The post man delivers the letters, …………………………?

39. The principal issued me the conduct certificate, …………………..………?

40. He offered them a nice job,……………………..………?

Exercise: 7.3Question tags: Fill in the blanks with appropriate question tags.

1. They went late, _______________________?

2. Let’s help him, _______________________?

3. Please send the book, __________________?

4. We should not be crazy, ________________?

5. Everything is right, ___________________?

6. I am not a girl, _______________________?

7. He has done the crime, ________________?

8. He can solve the problem, _____________________?

9. He should make his presence felt, _____________________?

10. He goes for walk everyday, ______________________?

11. You aren’t busy, _____________________?

12. He doesn’t work hard, ________________?

13. They have not come yet, ______________?

14. I am right, _________________________?

15. Wait a minute, ______________________?

16. He is good, _______________________?

17. They will meet me tomorrow, ___________________?

18. There is park, ______________________?

19. Have some more rice, _______________?

20. Somebody has called me, __________________?

21. You were not busy then, __________________?

22. They called me early, ______________________?

23. You always lie, _____________________?

24. He is honest, _______________________?

97

Page 98: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

25. The tiger does not eat grass, ____________________?

26. I didn’t hurt you, ______________?

27. You are not going out, ______________?

28. She will not come, ______________?

29. Venu came late, ______________?

30. I shall not do it, ___________________?

31. It wasn’t cool there, ___________________?

32. I never rebuke you, __________________?

33. I am not in your way, ___________________?

34. They refused my admission, ___________________?

35. He looks dishonest, ____________________?

36. I won the election, _____________________?

37. It was very ugly, ___________________?

38. They had finished the game, ____________________?

39. They would steal the money, ____________________?

40. Let’s go to the beach, ____________________?

41. There is a mosque in that street, ___________________?

42. There are some girls in your class, ____________________?

43. Tom wasn’t there, ____________________?

44. We understood the joke, ___________________?

45. Hari was late, ______________?

46. The apples aren’t good, ______________?

47. I don’t know French, ______________?

48. We should not drop him, ______________?

49. He is very kind, ______________?

50. He left for Delhi, ______________?

EXERCISE – 12Add appropriate question tags to the following sentences:

1. She didn’t come home late, __________________________________

2. She hasn’t paid her fees, __________________________________

3. A farmer is an important person,_______________________________

4. He grows food for the country, __________________________________

5. You have met her before, __________________________________

6. She doesn’t look well, __________________________________

7. Mary didn’t pass the examination, _______________________________

98

Page 99: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

8. They haven’t had tea yet, __________________________________

9. The girl won the prize, __________________________________

10. All the students have done well, ________________________________

11. They didn’t tell lies, __________________________________

12. We can’t cross the street here, _________________________________

13. She doesn’t understand English, ________________________________

14. The horse didn’t win the race, _________________________________

15. Judges wear wigs, _________________________________

16. We must serve our country, __________________________________

7. We ought to help her, __________________________________

18. Missionaries are devoted persons, ______________________________

19. She will visit us tomorrow, __________________________________

20. They have gone to their village today,____________________________

21. They won’t help us, __________________________________

22. They couldn’t answer any of the question_________________________

23. They aren’t clever enough, __________________________________

24. He wasn’t present at the party, ________________________________

25. They didn’t know her, __________________________________

26. The fisherman caught nothing, _________________________________

27. She speaks French, __________________________________

28. They could go early if they wanted, _____________________________

29. She went home early, __________________________________

30. We must leave soon, __________________________________

31. She doesn’t speak English, __________________________________

32. She hasn’t come yet, __________________________________

33. We must not be impatient, __________________________________

34. Jack and Jill didn’t pass, __________________________________

35. They won’t attend the meeting, ________________________________

36. He usually comes home late, _______________________________

37. She came early this morning, __________________________________

38. I will see her tonight, __________________________________

39. We had to finish our home work quickly.__________________________

40. She shouldn’t tell lies, __________________________________

41. Let us go for the party, ________________________________

99

Page 100: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

EXERCISE – 13

1. They were tired, ----------------------?

2. She answered all the questions, ----------------------?

3. You can speak Hindi, ----------------------?

4. They have not any T.V. set, ----------------------?

5. It was a cold day, ----------------------?

6. He won’t pass this year, ----------------------?

7. I am not late, ----------------------?

8. You are not well today, ----------------------?

9. Sita sings well, ----------------------?

10. She is not here now, ----------------------?

11. He came late, ----------------------?

12. They didn’t score any goal, ----------------------?

13. It won’t rain, ----------------------?

14. They grow all our food, ----------------------?

15. Children love to eat ice creams, ----------------------?

16. We need not wait, ----------------------?

17. He is a very important person, ----------------------?

18. He works hard for us, ----------------------?

19. He has a strong body, ----------------------?

20. They were poor, ----------------------?

21. They will help us, ----------------------?

22. The children were not noisy, ----------------------?

23. It is a fine morning, ----------------------?

24. You will help us, ----------------------?

25. They didn’t help you, ----------------------?

100

Page 101: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

26. They call you, ----------------------?

27. They are not going, ----------------------?

28. He doesn’t keep a buffalo, ----------------------?

29. He has not any radio set in his hut, ----------------------?

30. They don’t go to school, ----------------------?

31. He doesn’t quarrel with anyone, ----------------------?

32. We can’t live without food, ----------------------?

33. You didn’t come yesterday, ----------------------?

34. They were not present there, ----------------------?

35. It was not fine, ----------------------?

36. His children haven’t any fine clothes, ----------------------?

37. She will help us, ----------------------?

38. He won’t come to school tomorrow, ----------------------?

39. They have played the match, ----------------------?

40. They helped their friend, ----------------------?

41. They didn’t score three goals, ----------------------?

42. There was a large crowd, ----------------------?

43. It rained yesterday, ----------------------?

44. He often goes there, ----------------------?

45. They could help you, ----------------------?

46. You shouldn’t do this, ----------------------?

47. The sun had already set, ----------------------?

48. A strong wind blew across the meadow, ----------------------?

49. The moon shines bright, ----------------------?

50. She doesn’t like cold weather, ----------------------?

51. Birds fly, ----------------------?

* * *101

Page 102: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

8. TENSES

Introduction:The verb in a sentence expresses an action or event or a state. It also tells whether an

action took place in the past or whether it is taking place now or whether it will take place in future. Thus the verb shows the time of action by certain forms it takes. These forms are called the tense forms of the verb.

Mainly there are three tenses.

They are;

1. Present Tense,2. Past Tense and3. Future Tense.

The different forms of Tenses :

Tenses

Present

SimpleContinuousPerfectPerfect Continuous

Past

SimpleContinuousPerfectPerfect Continuous

Future

SimpleContinuousPerfectPerfect Continuous

I. Present Tense.Present Tense consists of four subdivisions, which are;

1. Simple Present Tense,2. Present Continuous Tense3. Present Perfect Tense, and4. Present Perfect Continuous Tense.

.

1. Simple Present Tense: [Sub + V1 (-s or –es]Sub V1IWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

studystudystudystudiesstudystudies

102

Page 103: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Uses:a) To express a daily or a habitual action;

Eg: 1. She drinks milk daily.2. He gets up at 5 everyday.3. College begins at 10 o’ Clock.4. He goes to the temple daily.5. They do exercise every morning.

b) To express a universal truth or a general fact;Eg: 1. Water boils at 1000C.

2. The Sun rises in the east.3. Cows give us milk.4. The Earth moves round the sun.5. Man is mortal.

c) To express a planned future action;Eg: 1. The match starts at 5 P.M.

2. The President of the US visits India next month.3. The train leaves at 5.20 A.M.4. We leave for Hyderabad at 8.30 next Sunday5. The Prime Minister arrives in Vijayawada at 3 P.M. on Wednesday.

d) Some verbs like see, smell, love, like, seem, want, need, believe, taste, wish etc are usually expressed in simple present form.Eg: 1. This mango tastes sweet.

2. She wants to get her watch repaired.3. I wish you all the best.4. They believe in God.

e) With the adverbs like usually, generally, daily, every, occasionally etc.Eg: 1. I play tennis daily.

2. Usually she doesn’t tell a lie.3. The Olympic games take place every four years.

Note: In simple present tense, when the subject is third person singular, (such as he, she it, or any other singular nouns), we have to add –s, or –es to the verb.

Eg: He drinks tea every morning. Manu does her homework daily.

2. Present Continuous Tense. [Sub +is/am/are + V1 + ing]

Sub is/am/are V1 + ingIWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

amareareisareis

studyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudying

103

Page 104: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Uses:a) To express an action going on at the time of speaking;

Eg: 1. She is singing now.2. The boys are playing hockey.3. The leaves are falling to the ground.4. The students are doing their homework.

b) For a temporary action which may not be happening at the time of speaking;Eg: 1. I am reading “The Trojan War.” (but I am not reading at this moment)

2. He is verifying the accounts.3. They are constructing a bridge.

c) To express an action which is already planned to take place in near future;Eg: 1. We are going to cinema tonight.

2. My uncle is arriving tomorrow.3. They are leaving for Delhi in the evening.

d) With the words like now, at present, at this moment, look, see Etc.Eg: 1. Look, how the bird is flying.

2. He is doing his studies at present.3. See Your friend is coming.4. It is raining now.

3. Present Perfect Tense. [ Sub + have/has + V3]

Sub have/has V3IWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

havehavehavehashavehas

studiedstudiedstudiedstudiedstudiedstudied

Uses:a) To express past actions whose time is not mentioned or not definite;

Eg: 1. We have got freedom.2. I have never known him to be angry.3. Have you read “Gulliver’s Travels?”4. Mr. Peter has been to USA.

b) To express completed activities in the immediate past (with just, just now)Eg: 1. He has just gone out.

2. Ravi has just had his dinner.3. The train has just arrived.4. They have come just now.

c) With the adverbs like, already, till now, yet, so far, just, today, this week, ever, never etc.Eg: 1. I haven’t seen him this week.

104

Page 105: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. She has already completed her work.3. Have you ever seen a lion?

Note: In Present Perfect Tense, We use ‘has’ if the subject is third person, singular (such as he, she, it or any singular nouns) and ‘have’ for all other subjects.Eg: 1. Sona has danced well.

2. You have crossed all your limits.4. Present Perfect Continuous. [Sub + have/has + been + V1 + ing]

Sub have/has Been V1 + ingIWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

havehavehavehashavehas

beenbeenbeenbeenbeenbeen

studyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudying

Uses:a) To express an action which began at some time in the past and is still continuing.

Eg: 1. He has been sleeping for three hours.2. They have been building a bridge for several months.3. You have been playing since morning.4. I have been working here since 1998.

b) With the phrases like for and since.Eg: 1. It has been raining since yesterday.

2. They have been waiting for three hours.3. Maria has been learning English for two years.

Note: In Present Perfect Continuous Tense, We use ‘for’ to indicate a period of time and ‘since’, to indicate a point of time.

Point of time1. Years in figures (Ex: 2001, 2005)2. Names of days. (Monday, Friday)3. Names of months ( January, June)4. Names of festivals (Dasara, Independence day)5. Particular dates. (7th April) 6. Particular time. (2 0’ clock)

Period of time1. Years in period. (4 years)2. Months, days and hours in period. (4 months, 5 days, 8 hours)

II. Past Tense:Past Tense consists of four subdivisions. They are;

1. Simple Past Tense,2. Past Continuous Tense,3. Past Perfect Tense, and 4. Past Perfect Continuous Tense.

105

Page 106: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

1. Simple Past Tense [ Sub + V2]Sub V2IWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

studiedstudiedstudiedstudiedstudiedstudied

Uses:a) To express an action completed in the past. It is usually expressed with adverbs or

adverb phrases of past time.Eg: 1. I went to see him yesterday.

2. She left the school last year.3. Ravi was absent last week.4. He got his hair cut yesterday.

b) With the words like last, yesterday, ago, in 1965, before etc.Eg: 1. I received his letter before a week.

2. India got freedom in 1947.3. The steamer sailed yesterday.

Note: We use simple past tense (sub + V2) only if past time of action is given . If the time is not mentioned or not definite we should use Present Perfect Tense. (sub+have/has+V3)Eg: 1. We have got freedom (present perfect tense)

2. We got freedom in 1947. (simple past tense)

2. Past Continuous Tense [Sub + was/were + V1 + ing]

Sub was/were V1 + ingIWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

waswerewerewaswerewas

studyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudying

Uses: a) To express an action which was going on at some time in the past. The time may

or may not be mentioned.Eg: 1. We were listening to the radio all evening.

2. It was getting darker.3. Ann fell asleep while she was reading.

b) Past Continuous Tense and Simple Past Tense are used together when a new action happened in the middle of a longer action in the past. The longer action is expressed in Past Continuous Tense and the new action in Simple Past Tense.Eg: 1. I was walking home when I met Dev.

2. The doorbell rang while she was reading.3. Kiran was watching television when we arrived.4. It was raining when I got up.

106

Page 107: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

5. Madhu phoned while we were having dinner.3. Past Perfect Tense [Sub + had + V3]

Sub Had V3IWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

hadhadhadhadhadhad

Studiedstudiedstudiedstudiedstudiedstudied

Uses:a) If two actions happened in the past, the action which happened earlier than the

other is expressed in past perfect tense. The second action is expressed in simple Past Tense.Eg: 1. Before the doctor arrived the patient had already died.

2. When I reached the station the train had already left.3. I didn’t know who she was. I had never seen her before.4. When Sarah arrived at the party, Paul had already gone home.5. Rahul had just got home when I phoned.

4. Past Perfect Continuous [Sub + had + been + V1 + ing]

Sub Had been V1 + ingIWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

hadhadhadhadhadhad

beenbeenbeenbeenbeenbeen

studyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudying

Uses:a) To express an action that began before a certain point in the past and continued upto

that time. Eg: 1. When Mr. Ravi came to the school in 1998, Mr. Krishna had been teaching

there for five years.2. I had been waiting an hour when you came to see me.3. We had been playing for half an hour when it started to raining.4. When I got home, Neetu had been watching T.V. for two hours.

III. Future Tense:Future Tense also consists of four subdivisions. They are –1. Simple Future Tense.2. Future Continuous Tense.3. Future Perfect Tense, and 4. Future Perfect Continuous Tense.

1. Simple Future Tense. [Sub + will/shall + V1]Sub will/ shall V1

IWeYouHe/She/ItThey

shallshallwillwillwill

studystudystudystudystudy

107

Page 108: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Manoj will study

Uses:a) To express some future action or event.

Eg: 1. I shall go to Lucknow next week.2. He will come here on Sunday.3. When will you get your exam results?4. When she returns; she will find a lot of changes here.

b) To talk about things which we cannot control. It expresses a future fact;Eg: 1. I shall be twelve next week.

2. It will be Diwali in a week.3. We will know our exam results in May.

c) To express an action which we think or believe, will happen in the future.Eg: 1. I think India will win the match.

2. I am sure Helen will get a first class.3. I believe God will save me from all the troubles.

2. Future Continuous Tense: (Sub + will/shall + be + V1 + ing]

Sub will/shall be V1 + ingIWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

shallshallwillwillwillwill

bebebebebebe

studyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudying

Uses:a) To express an action that will be continuing at some point in future.

Eg: 1. We shall be sleeping then.2. This time tomorrow they will be watching the cricket match.3. The girls will be singing then.4. I suppose it will be raining when we start.

3. Future Perfect Tense: [Sub + will/shall + have + V3]

Sub will/shall have V3IWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

shallshallwillwillwillwill

havehavehavehavehavehave

studiedstudiedstudiedstudiedstudiedstudied

Uses:a) To express an action that will be completed by a certain time in future.

Eg: 1. He will have left before you go to see him.2. By the end of this month, I will have worked here for five years.3. The film will already have started by the time we reach the theatre.4. Phone me after 8o’ clock. I will have finished dinner by then.

108

Page 109: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

4. Future Perfect Continuous Tense: [ Sub + shall/will + have + been + V 1+ ing]

Sub will/shall have been V1+ ingIWeYouHe/She/ItTheyManoj

shallshallwillwillwillwill

havehavehavehavehavehave

beenbeenbeenbeenbeenbeen

studyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudyingstudying

Uses:a) To express an action which will be in progress over a period of time that will end in

the future, Eg: 1. By next month, we will have been living here of six years.

2. I will have been teaching for twenty years next July.3. We shall have been playing for three hours when you come there.4. They will have been making preparations for the marriage for two months.

Tense Simple Continuous Perfect Perfect ContinuousPresent Sub + Verb

Eg: He writesSub+ is/are/am + Verb+ingEg: He is studying

Sub+has/have + past participleHe has written

Sub+has/have +been+verb+ingHe has been writing

Past Sub+verbHe wrote

Sub+was/were+ verb+ingHe was writing

Sub+had+past participleHe had written

Sub+had+been+ verb+ingHe had been writing

Future Sub+shall/will+ verbHe will write

Sub+shall/will+be+verb+ingHe will be writing

Sub+shall/will+ have+past participleHe will have written

Sub+shall/will+ have+been+verb+ingHe will have been writing

Exercise: 8.1 Complete the sentences using the ‘Simple Present’ of the verbs given in bracket.

1. Margaret ______________four languages. (speak).

2. Water _____________at 100 degrees celsius (boil).

3. My job is very interesting. I ___________ a lot of people. (meet).

4. In Britain, the banks usually ___________at 9.30 in the morning.(open).

5. Food is expensive. It ________ a lot of money. (cost).

6. He often __________ to my house. (come)

7. It ___________ a lot in the month of October. (rain)

8. He _______________ many bank accounts. (have)

9. He usually __________ in the first row. (sit)

10. We ________________ a lot of different things in our free time. (do)

11. I __________________a shower everyday. (have)

109

Page 110: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

12. A molecule of water _______________two atoms of hydrogen and one of oxygen. (have)

13. Julie _______________(not/drink) tea very often.

14. Excuse me,_______________ you _____________English? (do/speak)

15. I always _______________ something different. (do)

16. Liars are the people who ________________the truth.(not/tell)

17. Where _______________from? (Martin/come)

18. The teacher __________ the difficult points regularly. (explain)

19. Bad driving ________________many accidents.(cause)

20. I don’t often_____________coffee. (drink)

21. Here __________the bus! (come)

22. They ________________ a mill in this town. (have)

23. Vegetarians _____________meat. (not/eat)

24. “What ________________(you/do)?” I ______________ an electrician. (be)

25. An atheist ________________ in God. (not/believe)

26. The examinations _________________next Monday. (begin)

27. The telephone bell, sometimes, _____________thirty times a day. (ring)

28. Our teacher seldom _________________ (sit) when she ______________ (teach).

29. Where _______________ to spend your holidays this winter? (you/go)

30. Mr.Joy generally __________________ his work at night. (do)

EXERCISE 8.2 Use the verbs given in brackets in Simple Present or Present Continuous Tense.

01. Mr. Chaterjee......................... (write) a novel. He ............................. (expect) to complete it by the end of this month.

02. It...........................(rain ). Take an umbrella with you.

03. It seldom .......................... (rain ) here in February.

04. The clerk ....................... ..….(type) the letter still. He usually…… ….................... (finish ) his work quickly but today he .............................(seem) to be a bit slow.

05. Mr.Das rarely ............................(wear) a tie, but today he..........................(wear) one.

06. Someone ..........................(knock). Go and open the door.

07. Father..........................(look) into some important papers. Don't disturb him.

08. Mother..........................(make) tea. It will be ready in five minutes.

09. I............................(learn ) driving these days.

10. My scooter........................(give) a lot of trouble these days.

110

Page 111: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

11. The child has got up and…………...................(cry).Perhaps he……....................(want) milk.

12. This house ......................... ( belong ) to Mr. Raj. He …..................... ( build) another one in the next street.

13. Who ...........................( make) that funny noise?

14. This tin ........................(contain) eight litres of oil.

15. Usually I ......................... (read) at night, but today I............................ (read) now.

16. She ..........................(wear) a sweater this morning.

17. It.........................(rain ). Take an umbrella with you.

18. I.........................(have) a new sari. I bought it yesterday.

19. My husband will see you in an hour. He ….......................( have) lunch at the moment.

20. He ......................... (love) her, but she .......................... (hate) him.

21. There are some birds that..........................(migrate) every year.

22. A vegetarian is a person who never……......................(eat) meat.

23. They ..........................(do) something at the moment.

24. It.......................(rain ) everyday in this country.

25. I........................(remember) his face. He used to live near our house.

26. He is very fat. He ………................. (weigh)90kg.

27. That child ..........................(cry). It can't find its mother.

28. Thank you for explaining the tenses. Now I ............................( know) them.

29. An honest man always ............................(tell) the truth.

30. Mr. Johnson …………..................(go) to the office in his car every morning.

EXERCISE 8.3Fill in the blanks with 'For' or 'Since'.

01. We have been fishing ..................... two months.

02. I have been working in this office …..................... a month.

03. That man has been standing here .......................... six o' clock.

04. The kettle has been boiling ....................... a quarter of an hour.

05. I have been using this machine ........................ twelve years.

06. I have been trying to open this door...................... forty-five minutes.

07. The police have been looking for him ....................... four days.

08. They have been quarrelling ever....................... they got married.

09. We have been waiting ...................... half an hour.

10. It has been raining ......................... 6 0’ clock.

111

Page 112: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

EXERCISE 8.4Use the verbs given in brackets in simple past or past continuous.

01. He ........................ (go) to school when I .......................... (meet) him.

02. It.........................(rain ) heavily last night.

03. Where did you stay while it............................(rain )?

04. I .........................(see) a black cat as I ..........................(come) out of my house.

05. As they ........................(shout), I……..................(tell) them to be silent.

06. I...........................(fall) from the bicycle as I …….......................(go) down the slope.

07. I .........................(go) out side while it...........................(rain).

08. I....................... (think) of my friend while I ...................... (drive).

09. I......................(sleep) when the accident.......................(happen).

10. He ........................ (drive) at 90 kms. when the tyre …......................... (get )flat.

11. I......................... (reach ) home at midnight.

12. I.......................(run ) when the arrow .........................( hit) me.

13. The hunter.......................... ( walk ) along the forest. Suddenly he ......................... ( see ) a cobra in front of him.

14. Who......................(talk) to you when I..........................( pass) you at the bus stop?

15. While the boys………...................(play) the match, it suddenly........................(start) raining.

16. When I ......................... ( knock ) at the headmaster's room, he .......................... ( speak ) to someone on the phone.

17. The thieves........................(divide) the money when a quarrel….......................(break out) between them.

18. What ........................... (go on) in your house when my son .................................. ( call) you last night?

19. As he........................( cross) the road, a bus........................( knock) him down.

20. When we.......................( go) to see them last night, they…….................... (play) cards.

21. I ........................( buy) a bicycle yesterday.

22. He........................( see) this film in Calcutta last week.

23. I........................(get) Anil's letter last week. I.........................( not reply) to it already.

24. I......................(bring) my shirt from the tailor. I........................( not try) them on yet.

25. Three prisoners.........................(escape) from the jail last week. The police........................(not catch) them on yet.

26. It.........................(rain) a month ago. It.........................(not rain) since then.

27. He doesn't know me. He ......................... (never see) me.

28. My uncle .......................... (visit) me a few days ago.

112

Page 113: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

29. I ....................... .(see) two films this week. I........................(see) only one film last week.

30. Mr.Das......................... (just leave ) the city.

31. He ........................ (hurt) his leg. He can't play.

32. He ....................... (fail) in the exam three times so far.

33. I........................ (empty) the bottle. Here it is.

34. It...................... (stop) raining. We can go out.

35. We...................... (go) to the theatre last evening.

36. We...................... (come) to this house in 1980 and.......................(live) here ever since.

37. It......................... (rain) everyday this week.

38. The accident..........................(occur) at 10.30 this morning.

39. Mr. Chaterjee is writing a novel. He ...........................(write ) five hundred pages already.

40. I.................. (type) all the letters. But I.......................( not post) them yet.

EXERCISE 8.5Use the verbs given in brackets in Simple Past or Present Perfect Tense.

01. I..............................( correct) your exercises. You can take back your books.

02. We first...........................(meet) a month ago. We..............................(meet) several times since then.

03. We ............................( spend ) all our money. So we shall have to walk home.

04. Shakespeare ........................... (live) from 1564 to 1616.

05. The postman ............................ (not come) yet.

06. We ............................(tell) you already that we cannot do what you ask.

07. She.......................... (go) out at 10. She........................... (not return ) yet.

08. Mr. Ramesh is not in the house. He ................................(go) to visit some friends.

09. Several books on that subject...........................( appear) during the present year.

10. The train ....................... (just arrive).

EXERCISE 8.5 Use the verbs given in brackets in Simple Past or Past Perfect.

01. The patient…………….................. ( die) even before they ............................... (call) for the doctor.

02. The fire ......................... ( spread ) to the neighbouring villages before we .............................(control) it.

113

Page 114: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

03. When he............................... (enter) the bus he ....................... (realize) that he ........................ (forget) to take money with him.

04. When I....................... (reach ) the post office, it......................... (close) already.

05. When I ........................ (go) to hospital my friend ........................... (get) discharged already.

06. The boys ....................... (feel) tired because they .......................... (walk) 10Kms.

07. The match .......................... ( begin ) before we .......................... (reach ) the stadium.

08. His mother........................ (feel) that her lungs .......................... (get) damaged.

09. I.......................... ( do)the exercises after I .......................... (explain).

10. She.......................(open) the door after I......................... ( knock) twice.

11. She.........................(inform) me that she.........................(do) the work already.

12. The boy ....................... ( be ) under the impression that he ......................... (pay) the fees already.

13. He ........................ (hand) in his answer paper when he ......................... (look) through his answers twice.

14. By half time our school team ....................... (score) two goals.

15. Mr. Das ........................ (work) in a private school before he ......................... (join) government service.

16. By mid day, the climbers ........................( reach ) a spot only a hundred feet below the peak.

17. We .........................(expect) two hundred members to attend the meeting, but only a hundred ......................... (turn) up.

18. Jamil........................(hope) to get a first class. But he only .........................(get) a second.

19. The young boy ............................. (wonder) what.......................... (happen ) to his coat.

20. When he ..................................... ( reach ) his house, he ........................ ( find ) that someone ........................... (steal) all the costly things

EXERCISE - 14Use the suitable form of the verbs given in brackets.

01. They ........................... (live ) in Calcutta for ten years.

02. At the moment, the baby ........................( play) in the garden.

03. He .........................(take) bath when the telephone rang.

04. I........................(tell) you already to work hard.

05. He always ........................ (remember) that honesty is the best policy.

06. He .......................(leave ) his house when I called on him.

114

Page 115: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

07. He always .........................( believe) that love is stronger than hatred.

08. He told me that his father........................(go) to office half an hour before.

09. I.......................(wash ) my hands when the telephone rang.

10. It is high time that you ........................ (start) working hard.

11. Ram ........................ ( pass) the post office on his way to school everyday.

12. He .........................(watch ) TV when I came in.

13. He ........................(tell) me that he had never met you.

14. He .......................(read ) since this morning.

15. If you promise to work hard I ......................... ( allow) you to go home this week.

16. The doctor.......................( arrive) before I came.

17. Suresh……………………. (be) only five years old when his father died.

18. I was doing the last sum when the bell........................ (ring ).

19. They left Mumbai only after they .......................(see) the Trimurthi.

20. My brother......................... (go) to school since we came here five years ago.

21. We hope that you ........................ ( give ) your support.

22. My brother........................(just write) a letter to our uncle.

23. Let us hurry, otherwise we .......................(never get) to the station in time.

24. The doctor came an hour after the ambulance ........................( arrive).

25. If it......................(rain ) we shall not go out.

26. I cannot play in the match as I ......................... (injure) my leg.

27. It........................... (rain) since 10 am.

28. The earth ........................ (move) round the sun.

29. My friends....................... (see) the PM yesterday.

30. I......................... (send ) him only one letter upto now.

31. I shall telephone you when he ........................ (come) back.

32. It started to rain while we ........................( plan ) to play.

33. Can I have some milk before I ..........................( go) to bed?

34. He ........................ (fall) asleep while he was driving.

35. I am sure I ........................ (see ) him last night.

36. He .......................( have ) a mill in this town.

37. He ........................(work) here for the last five years.

38. He thanked me for what I.......................(do).

39. I .......................( hear) some strange noise.

40. I ....................... (read) for half an hour when the lights suddenly went off.

115

Page 116: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

EXERCISE - 15

Tenses: Fill in the blanks with appropriate form of the verb.

1. When I _____________ (cross) the road, I saw a big accident.

2. He _____________ (post) the letter just now.

3. The great patriot _____________ (die) in 1948.

4. The train _____________ (leave) the platform before I went to the station.

5. If you invite me, I _____________ (come) to the party.

6. By next Friday, we _____________ (complete) the topic.

7. Look! it _____________ (rain).

8. The sun _____________ (rise) in the east.

9. They _____________ (live) here for ten years.

10. See! how the bird _____________ (fly) in the sky.

11. He will phone when he _____________ (come) back.

12. I _____________ (suffer) from fever for three days.

13. He often _____________ (go) to theatre to see pictures.

14. The novelist _____________ (finish) the novel by August 2007.

15. Don’t make a noise, the child _____________ (sleep).

16. I _____________ (write) a story last week.

17. The boys _____________ (finish) the exercise by this evening.

18. English _____________ (be) spoken allover the world.

19. I _____________ (not, remember) his address.

20. She _____________ (cook) when her husband came in.

21. It _____________ (rain) since 9’O clock.

22. She _____________ (drink) milk everyday.

23. I _____________ (use to) walk two kilometers when I was young.

24. He _____________ (study) for the last two hours.

25. All the boys _____________ (be) present yesterday.

26. I _____________ (do) this so far.

27. They _____________ (leave) for Paris yesterday.

28. We can’t go out as it _____________ (rain) now.

29. Last year, we _____________ (build) a new house.

30. I _____________ (study) when the bell rang.

116

Page 117: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

EXERCISE - 15

Correct the following sentences.

01. I did not write the letter yet.

…………………………………………………………….

02. I did not hear from her for a month.

……………………………………………………………,

03. I live in Chennai since 1999.

…………………………………………………………….

04. Colombus has discovered America.

……………………………………………………………..

05. I have written a letter to him yesterday.

……………………………………………………………..

06. The train left before we reached the station.

………………………………………………………………

07. He was fasting for six days when the doctor came.

……………………………………………………………..

08. He will reach home before the sun will set.

……………………………………………………………..

09. In old times magicians abused their power.

……………………………………………………………..

10. The servant has not answered when I called.

……………………………………………………………..

11. He had gone to Chennai last week.

………………………………………………………………

117

Page 118: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

12. She is taking her dinner when I saw her.

………………………………………………………………

13. I waited for her since 9 o' clock.

………………………………………………………………..

14. She will reach the station before the train will go.

……………………………………………………………….

15. Stephonson has invented the steam engine.

……………………………………………………………….

16. I left Bihar before the earthquake occured.

…………………………………………………………………

17. He had been born in 1930.

…………………………………………………………………..

18. When I finished my work I shall take rest.

…………………………………………………………………….

19. I was reading this book for six days before you arrived.

……………………………………………………………………

20. When I went there I found that the lion has disappeared.

…………………………………………………………………….

* * *

118

Page 119: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

9. ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE

Voice:Voice is that form of a verb which shows what is denoted by the subject. Whether ‘subject does something or something is done to the subject’.

There are two kinds of Voices. They are:1. Active Voice and2. Passive Voice

I Active Voice:A verb is in the Active voice when its form shows that the person or thing denoted by the subject does something. In other words, is the doer of the action.

Ex: Rama killed Ravana.

II Passive Voice:A verb is in the Passive voice when its form shows that something is done to the subject.Ex: Ravana was killed by Rama.

RULES FOR CHANGING VOICEThere are five rules to be followed when changing Active voice into Passive voice.1. The object in the A.V becomes the subject in the P.V.2. Suitable ‘Be’ form must be used.3. V3 (Past Participle) of the verb is used.4. Generally the preposition ‘by’ follows. (Sometimes: to, in, at or with)

5. The verbs ‘know’ and ‘marry’ take the preposition ‘to’The verbs ‘please’ and ‘satisfy’ take the preposition ‘with’The verb ‘surprise’ takes the preposition ‘at’

6. Subject in the A.V. becomes the object in the P.V.These are the rules to be followed.

Note: Only Transitive verbs have the Passive form.Ex: 1. Cats kill rats.

Rats are killed by the cats.2. The sun rises in the east.(Here the action is not passed. Therefore there is no Passive voice for this sentence.)

Note the changing of the voice:Active Voice Passive Voice

I write a letter. A letter is written by me.I am writing a letter. A letter is being written by me.I have written a letter. A letter has been written by me.I wrote a letter. A letter was written by me.I was writing a letter. A letter was being written by me.I had written by me. A letter had been written by me.I will write a letter. A letter will be written by me.I will have written a letter. A letter will have been written by me.

119

Page 120: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Active passive voice – structure1. Present Tense 2. Past Tense 3. Future Tense

1.1. Simple Present:A.V - V1

P.V - is/ am/ are + V3

Eg: - He writes novels (A.V)

Novels are written by him (P.V)

2.1. Simple past:A.V - V2

P.V – was/were + V3

Eg: He wrote novels (A.V)

Novels were written by him (P.V)

3.1. Simple Future :A.V - will/Shall + V1

P.V - will/shall + V3

Eg:He will write novels (A.V)

Novels will be written by me (P.V)

1.2. Present Continuous:

A.V - is/am/ are + V1+ing

P.V - is/ am /are + being + V3

Eg: He is writing novels (A.V)

Novels are being written by him (P.V)

2.2. Past continuous:

A.V - was/ were + V1 + ing

P.V – was/ were = being + V3

Eg: He was writing novels (A.V)

Novels were being written by him (P.V)

3.2. Future continuous:

A.V - will/shall+be +V1+ing

No passive form

Eg: He will be writing novels (A.V)

1.3. Present perfect Tense:

A.V . Has/ have + V3

P.V. has/ have + been + V3

Eg: He has written novels (A.V)

Novels have been written by him (P.V)

2.3. Past perfect:A.V - had + V3

P.V - had + been + V3

Eg: He had written novels (A.V)

Novels had been written by him (P.V)

3.3. Future perfect:A.V. –will/shall + have +V3

P.V. – have+been+V3

Eg: He will have written novels (A.V)

Novels will have been written by him (P.V)

1.4. Present perfect continuous:

A.V. – has/have +been+V1+ing

No Passive From

Eg: He has been writing novels (A.V)

2.4. Past Perfect continuous:

A.V - had+been+V1+ing

No Passive From

Eg: He had been writing novels (A.V)

3.4. Future Perfect continuous:

A.V. - will/shall+have+been+V1+ing

No Passive From

Eg: He will have been writing novels.

Note: A.V = Active voice, P.V = Passive Voice

120

Page 121: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

SIMPLE PRESENT................ + am / is/ are +V3 + by + ..........................

1. I eat mangoes.Mangoes are eaten by me.

2. He plays chess.Chess is played by him.

3. He sees films.Films are seen by him.

4. I teach English.English is taught by me.

5. I do my homework.My homework is done by me.

6. Sita reads the poems.Poems are read by Sita.

7. All love him.He is loved by all.

8. He scolds me.I am scolded by him.

9. She plucks flowers.Flowers are plucked by her.

10. I don’t like her.She is not liked by me.

11. People speak English allover the world.English is spoken allover the world by the people.

12. Bees make honey.Honey is made by bees.

13. Does she sell rice?Is rice sold by her?

14. Do you recite a poem?Is the poem recited by you?

17. Do you like sweets?Are the sweets liked by you?

18. Does she watch movies?Are the movies watched by her?

PRESENT CONTINUOUS.............. + am / is / are + V3 + by + ..................

1. He is writing a novel.A novel is being written by him.

2. She is beating a dog.A dog is being beaten by her.

3. They are building a house.A house is being built by them.

4. They are pulling down the old house.The old house is being pulled down by them.

5. The are preparing the material.

121

Page 122: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

The material is being prepared by them.6. He is teaching us grammar.

You are being taught grammar by me.

7. The boys are laughing at the beggar.The beggar is being laughed at by the boys.

8. I am playing cricket.Cricket is being played by me.

9. Rani is milking the cow.The cow is being milked by Rani.

10. Priya is singing a song.A song is being sung by Priya.

11. The boys are making the kites.The kites are being made by the boys.

12. They are throwing the stones at the birds.The stones are being thrown at the birds by them.

13. She is winding the watch.The watch is being wound by her.

14. Are you drawing a picture?Is a picture drawn by you?

15. Is she making dolls?Are the dolls being made by her?

16. Is she making mistakes?Are the mistakes being made by her?

17. Are they catching the goods?Are the goods being caught by them?

PRESENT PERFECT........... + has / have + been + V3 + by + ................

1. Ravi has written a letter.A letter has been written by Ravi.

2. The farmer has ploughed the field.The field has been ploughed by the farmer.

3. I have not bought a car.A car has not been bought by me.

4. She has invited me.I have been invited by her.

5. The police have caught the thieves.The thieves have been caught by the police.

6. He has solved all the problems.All the problems have been solved by him.

7. I have completed the work.The work has been completed by me.

8. Someone has stolen my pen.My pen has been stolen.

9. He has written many poems.Many poems have been written by him.

10. They have painted the door green.122

Page 123: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

The door has been painted green by them.11. Gopi has posted many of the invitations.

Many of the invitations have been posted by Gopi.12. Have you spent all the money?

Has all the money been spent by you?13. What have you done?

What has been done by you?14. Have you read this story?

Has this story been read by you?

SIMPLE PAST........... + was / were + V3 + by + ................

1. She wrote a letter.A letter was written by her.

2. He caught the thief.The thief was caught by him.

3. A mad dog bit my sister.My sister was bitten by a mad dog.

4. Every child carried a bag.A bag was carried by every child.

5. We laughed at the beggar.The beggar was laughed at by us.

6. The farmer killed the snake.The snake was killed by the farmer.

7. The discovery surprised all.All were surprised by the discovery.

8. We built two houses.Two houses were built by us.

9. She kept us wait.We were kept wait by her.

10. We sent them back.They were sent back by us.

11. Nobody told him.He was told by nobody.

12. She broke the window.The window was broken by her.

13. He hit the dog with a stick.A snake was hit by him with a stick.

14. An English man almost always accompanied me.I was almost always accompanied by an English man.

15. Aanand wrote a poem on the renunciation of Buddha.A poem on the renunciation of Buddha was written by Aanand

16. What questions did the examiner set?What questions were set by the examiner?

17. Did Tagore write Geetangali?Was Geetangali written by Tagore?

18. Did the noise frighten you?Were you frightened by the noise?

123

Page 124: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

19. Did you do this?Was this done by you?

20. Did she call you?Were you called by her?

21. What did they taught you?What were you taught by them?

22. Did you throw the paper?Was the paper thrown by you?

23. Did they give suggestions?Were the suggestions given by them?

PAST CONTINUOUS........... + was / were + being + V3 + by + ................

1. They were planting the trees.The trees were being planted by them.

2. The players were practicing cricket.Cricket was being practiced by the players.

3. The gardener was cutting the plants.The plants were being cut by the gardener.

4. John was learning Hindi.Hindi was being learnt by John.

5. The peon was ringing the bell.The bell was being rung by the peon.

6. They were painting the house green.The house was being painted green by them.

7. Pratima was singing a song.A song was being sung by Pratima.

8. They were doing the homework.Homework was being done by them.

9. The government was abolishing the liquor.The liquor was being abolished by the government.

10. Were you drawing a picture?Was the picture being drawn by you?

11. Was he doing any job?Was any job being done by him?

PAST PREFECT........... + had + been + V3 + by +................

1. I had sold the car.The car had been sold by me.

2. You had wasted the money.The money had been wasted by you.

3. He had sung a sweet song.A sweet song had been sung by him.

4. Kalidasa had written many poems.Many poems had been written by Kalidas.

124

Page 125: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

5. I had not fed the poor.The poor had not been fed by me.

6. Someone had rebuked me.I had been rebuked by someone.

7. She had married a handsome man.A handsome man had been married by her.

8. I had done nothing wrong.Nothing wrong had been done by me.

9. The society had expelled him.He had been expelled by the society.

10. Had we taken it?Had it been taken by us?

SIMPLE FUTURE........... + will / shall + be + V3 + by + ................

1. He will do it.It will be done by him.

2. I shall buy a camera.A camera shall be bought by me.

3. You will recite a poem.A poem will be recited by you.

4. The teacher will not forgive me.I will not be forgiven by the teacher.

5. The news will alarm everyone.Everyone will be alarmed by the news.

6. The dog will bark at the stranger.The stranger will be barked at by the dog.

7. I shall punish you.You shall be punished by me.

8. You will send the book tomorrow.The book will be sent tomorrow by you.

9. Everyone will laugh at us.We will be laughed at by everyone.

10. I will convince him.He will be convinced by me.

11. Will she wear a hat?Will a hat be worn by her?

12. Will you give a pen ?Will a pen be given by you?

FUTURE PERFECT........... + will have / shall have + been + V3 + by + ................

1. She will have opened a school.A school will have been opened by her.

2. I shall have painted a picture.A picture will have been painted by me.

3. She will have paid the loan.

125

Page 126: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A loan will have been paid by her.4. The teacher will have corrected the papers.

The papers will have been corrected by the teacher.5. Will he have taken the permission?

Will the permission have been taken by him?

Exercise: 9.1Change the voice of the following sentences:

1. The mother manages the house.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

2. He grows rice in his field.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

3. This pot contains milk.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………...

4. The rich hate the poor.

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………………..

5. I do not know the reason for his coming.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

6. My father sends me money every month.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

7. We manufacture many kinds of engines.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

8. They make utensils in Chennai.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

9. I have eaten the apples.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

10. I am learning a point.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

12. She has broken the windows.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

13. The farmers are ploughing their fields.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

14. The boys are playing cricket.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

126

Page 127: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

15. The servant has posted the letter.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

16. The farmers have reaped the harvest.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

17. He has lent me a pen.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

18. I have not beaten the dog.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

19. He is reading a book.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

20. I am drawing a picture.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

21. We have warned everybody.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

22. She has received two letters.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

23. The baby has dropped the glass.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

24. They are teaching English.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

25. They are doing up parcels.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

26. My mother is washing the clothes.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

27. Hari has invited me to the party.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

28. We have spent all the money

Ans ……………………………………………………………………………………..

29. He is rebuking me.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

30. She likes sweets.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

127

Page 128: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise: 9.2Change the voice of the following sentences:

1. I forgave him.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

2. He watched the sports.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

3. The officer gave me two files.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

4. They postponed the match because of rain.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

5. The murderer hid the knife in the grass.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

6. My uncle will visit us tomorrow.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

7. He will rob you.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

8. The boys will catch the birds.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

9. You were writing a letter to your friend.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

10. We had already missed the train.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

11. We were revising our lessons.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

12. None of them had seen me.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

13. The army will have captured the city.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

14. I did not call you.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

15. He booked a complaint against me.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

16. The judge dismissed the case.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….128

Page 129: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

17. I brought the baby a doll.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

18. He sent me two gifts.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

19. They had opened two offices.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………

20. They had never visited Nepal.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

21. Our team had won two matches.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

22. The farmers will have sown the paddy.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

23. The shopkeeper had already packed the parcel.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

24. My uncle will pay the school fee.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

25. My parents will look after me.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

26. You should learn it.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

27. You should write the address neatly.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

28. One cannot please everybody.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

29. I completed my exercises.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

30. The electrician was repairing the switch.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

129

Page 130: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

EXERCISE – 9.3

‘Wh’ – Questions:Change the following sentences into passive voice.

1. Who bought these?

A:_____________________________________________________.

2. What does he give?

A:_____________________________________________________.

3. Who gives this kind of news?

A:_____________________________________________________.

4. When will you complete it?

A:_____________________________________________________.

5. What has they done?

A:_____________________________________________________.

6. Who has theft it?

A:_____________________________________________________.

7. Who has given you the ticket?

A:_____________________________________________________.

8. What has been taken by them?

A:_____________________________________________________.

9. Who did this thing?

A:_____________________________________________________.

10. Who bought mangoes?

A:_____________________________________________________.

11. When did you steal that?

A:_____________________________________________________.

12. What did he expect?

A:_____________________________________________________.

13. When did they leave you?

A:_____________________________________________________.

14. Who paid the fee?

A:_____________________________________________________.

15. Who won the game?

A:_____________________________________________________.

16. What did she eat?

130

Page 131: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A:_____________________________________________________.

17. What are they doing?

A:_____________________________________________________.

18. Who has caught them?

A:_____________________________________________________.

19. What are they preparing?

A:_____________________________________________________.

20. Who has sent you back?

A:_____________________________________________________.

EXERCISE – 9.3

‘Yes / no’ Questions:1. Does she eat sweets?

A:_____________________________________________________.

2. Does he sell the goods?

A:_____________________________________________________.

3. Do you love your friend?

A:_____________________________________________________.

4. Do they finish this?

A:_____________________________________________________.

5. Is she knitting a sweater?

A:_____________________________________________________.

6. Are you building a house?

A:_____________________________________________________.

7. Is he milking the cow?

A:_____________________________________________________.

8. Are they making a noise?

A:_____________________________________________________.

9. Is she preparing the items?

A:_____________________________________________________.

10. Are you doing this?

A:_____________________________________________________.

11. Are the boys playing cricket?

A:_____________________________________________________.

12. Have you taken the permission?

131

Page 132: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A:_____________________________________________________.

13. Have you bought the ticket?

A:_____________________________________________________.

14. Has he opened the new shop?

A:_____________________________________________________.

15. Has she read this novel?

A:_____________________________________________________.

16. Has he made the mistake?

A:_____________________________________________________.

17. Have you lost your cycle?

A:_____________________________________________________.

18. Did the noise frighten you?

A:_____________________________________________________.

19. Did Rama call you?

A:_____________________________________________________.

20. Did you beat the dog?

A:_____________________________________________________.

EXERCISE – 9.4Change the voice of the following sentences:

1. Post this letter at once.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

2. Please help me in my hour of need.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

3. Lower the boats.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

4. Send him to school.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

5. Tell him to leave the room.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

6. Carry out my orders.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

7. Kindly do this much for me.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

132

Page 133: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

8. Do not starve the cow.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

9. Do not hate the poor.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

10. Let me try this question.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

11. Do not laugh at others.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

12. Don’t disturb me.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

13. Shut the door.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

14. Obey your parents.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

15. May God bless him.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

16. Please enter it in the register.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

17. Let him be brought here.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

18. Let me be given back my pet dog.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

19. Please bring me a glass of water.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

20. Let the result be declared.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

Exercise:16Change the voice of the following sentences:

1. Varun has called his sister a liar.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

2. Some boys were helping the wounded man.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

3. Why did your brother write such a letter?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

133

Page 134: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

4. The boy will have finished the work by the evening.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

5. Did they rebuke you?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

6. The governor will give away the prize to the winner.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

7. The recitation pleased the inspector.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

8. Haven’t I sold my bicycle?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

9. Do not insult the weak.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

10. The people regarded him as an imposter and called him a villain.

A___________________________________________________________.

11. He made his wife do the work.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

12. His subordinates have accused him of various offences.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

13. Shall I ever forget those happy days?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

14. I saw him cutting the trees.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

15. The earthquake destroyed the town.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

16. Will you buy a ticket for me?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

17. All desire wealth and some acquire it.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

18. He told me to leave the room.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

19. They use video for teaching the students.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

20. Someone has knocked me down.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

134

Page 135: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

21. Everyone was inspired by Gandhiji.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

22. I refused his admittance.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

23. Do we believe him?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

24. Will they have sent the parcel?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

25. They were going to take a decision on this matter.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

26. Why did he defraud you?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

27. We should not have done it.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

28. Didn’t you call him?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

29. How can you manage it?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

30. Was she ringing the bell?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

Exercise :17Change the voice of the following sentences:

1. He grows wheat in his field.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

2. Mohan will meet you at the station.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

3. Anybody can do it easily.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

4. One should do one’s duty.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

5. They called many people for help.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

6. Two oxen pull the plough.

135

Page 136: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A: ___________________________________________________________.

7. Where do we find best pearls?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

8. Will you look after her?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

9. I gave you a big reward.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

10. They are singing film songs.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

11. I have received a parcel just now.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

12. Has she forgiven you?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

13. The tailor was sewing your clothes.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

14. Have I beaten my dog?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

15. Gopi can paint this picture easily.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

16. Ashok had never seen a wolf.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

17. We have warned everybody.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

18. I will have watered the plants before sunset.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

19. Lower the boats.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

20. Do not hate the poor.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

21. You must put your signature in ink.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

22. We are giving him all help.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

23. She was preparing dinner for us.

136

Page 137: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A: ___________________________________________________________.

24. Does she like coffee?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

25. Is the peon bringing the jug?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

26. Are they singing the songs?

A: ___________________________________________________________.

27. The naughty boys were breaking the windows.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

28. I handed her a chair.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

29. Hari has invited me to tea.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

30. We expect good news.

A: ___________________________________________________________.

* * *

137

Page 138: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

10. DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH

There are two ways in which we may report the words of a speaker.1. Direct Speech2. Indirect Speech

Direct Speech:When we quote the exact words of the speaker, it is called ‘Direct Speech’.Indirect Speech:However, when we give the substance of his speech in our own words, we use ‘Indirect

Speech’.Direct Speech: He says to me, “I am your friend.”

Indirect Speech: He says to me that he is my friend.The speaker’s actual words are called the Reported Speech.Reporting Verb:The verb, which introduces the Reported Speech, is called the “Reporting Verb”.He says to me, “I am your friend.” R.V R.SIn the above example:Reporting Verb is ‘says’Reported Speech is ‘I am your brother’.

SOME IMPORTANT POINTSDirect Speech:1. The R.S is enclosed within inverted commas.2. The R.S is separated from the R.V by a comma.3. The first letter of the R.S must begin with a capital letter.

Indirect Speech:1. In the Indirect Speech inverted commas are not used.2. But the R.S is generally introduced by the conjunctions ‘that, if, whether’ and the preposition ‘to.’3. The comma, separating the R.S from the R.V is removed and is replaced by ‘that, if, whether and the preposition to.’

NOTE: In changing the Direct Narration into Indirect Narration the “Tense” of the R.V is never changed, although the R.S is changed as by the required sense.

RULES FOR CHANGING DIRECT SPEECH INTO INDIRECT SPEECHWhile changing Direct into Indirect Speech, the Tense of the verb is changed according to the following rules.

Rule: IIf the tense of the verb in the R.S is in the Present or Future tense then the tense of the R.S is not changed.E.g. He says, “I am going.”He says that he is going. He will say, “I am going”.He will say that he is going.

138

Page 139: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Rule: IIIf the R.V is in the past tense, the tense of the verb in the R.S is changed as follows in the Indirect Narration:

Simple Present x Simple PastPresent Continuous x Past continuousPresent Perfect x Past PerfectPresent Perfect Continuous x Past Perfect ContinuousSimple Past x Past PerfectPast Continuous x Past Perfect Continuous

Particular Verbs:Shall x shouldWill x wouldMay x mightCan x couldMust x had to

Past Perfect and Past Perfect Continuous remain unchanged.

Rules for the change of personal pronouns:The persons of the pronouns that occur in the Reported Speech are changed in Indirect

speech according to the following rules.

Rule : IPronouns of the first person in the R.S of the Direct Speech form are changed in

Indirect Speech into those of the same person as the subject of the R.V.

Rule : IIPronoun and the possessive of the second person are changed into those of the same

person as that of the noun or pronoun that comes after the R.V.

Rule : IIIThe third person is not changed in the Indirect Speech.

CHANGE OF WORDS SHOWING NEARNESSNow ___________ ThenCome ___________ GoAgo ___________ BeforeThis ___________ ThatThese ___________ ThoseThus ___________ So / In that wayHere ___________ ThereHere by ___________ There by Hence ___________ ThenceHither ___________ ThitherToday ___________ That dayTonight ____________ that nightTomorrow ___________ The next dayYesterday ___________ The previous dayLast night ___________ The previous nightNext day ___________ The following day

139

Page 140: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Interrogative SentencesIn converting a question to the indirect speech:1. The R.V is changed to ‘ask’, ‘enquire’ or ‘demand’2. ‘Whether’ or ‘If’ is used to introduce the R.S if the question has ‘yes’ or ‘no’ for an

answer.3. Conjunction ‘that’ & Interrogative sign (?) is removed and Assertive form of the

sentence is written.

Imperative SentencesThe Reporting Verb is changed into some verb indicating command, request, entreaty

or advice according to the sense. The verb may be selected from the following.Command : tell, order, bid, command etc.Request : ask, request etc.Entreaty: entreat, implore etc.Advice : advice, forbid, exhort, urge etc.Guidelines1. If there is ‘Sir’ or ‘Madam’ in the direct speech, it will be changed into

‘Respectively’.2. If there are words like ‘My dear’, ‘dear’, ‘darling’ etc, it will be changed into

‘lovingly’ or ‘affectionately’. 3. If there is a word ‘Hay’, it will be changed into ‘greeted’, it will come in place of

‘said to’.4. If there are words like ‘good morning’ or ‘good evening’ or ‘good bye’ in the D.S,

they will be changed as : ‘Respectfully wished’ or ‘Affectionately bade farewell’.OTHERS1. Sentences of ‘Let’:He said, “Let us go out.”He suggested to go out.She said, “Let us do it.”She proposed to do it.

2. Sentences of ‘What’ or ‘How’:He said, “What a lovely scene!”He exclaimed that it was a lovely scene.Rules for changing of Personal PronounsThe persons of the pronoun that occur in the R.S are changed in Indirect Speech into those of the same person as the subject of the R.V.

Rule: IPronouns of the “First person” in the R.S of the direct form are changed into those of

the same person as the “Subject of the R.V”.

I said, “I am ill.”I said that I was ill.

Rule: IIPronouns and possessive adjectives of the “Second person” are changed into those

that of the “Noun or Pronoun that comes after the R.V”.She said to me, “I am ill.”She told me that she was ill.

140

Page 141: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Rule: IIIThe third person is not changed.Suresh said to Ramesh, “I am ill.”Suresh told Ramesh that he was ill.

EXAMPLESPresent Tense and Future Tense do not change:Present Tense:1. He says, “I am your friend.” He says that he is my friend.

2. Govind says to me, “You are my friend.” Govind says to me that I am his friend.3. He says, “Tea is ready.” He says that Tea is ready.4. He says, “The car is going.”

He says that the car is going.5. They say, “Nobody is there.”

They say that nobody is there.

Future Tense:1. He will say, “I am weak”.

He will say that he is weak.2. Rama will say to me, “I am your friend”.

Rama will say to me that he is my friend.3. He will say, “I am going”.

He will say that he is going.4. She will say to me, “ I will be your friend”.

She will say to me that she will be my friend.5. I will say, “I was going”.

I will say that I was going.

Past Tense:If Universal truth or habitual action is expressed by the Reported Speech, the tense of

the verb (Simple Present) must not be changed, even the Reporting Verb is in the Past tense.

1. Mohan said tom me, “Man is mortal”.Mohan said to me that man is mortal.

2. The teacher said to me, “The sun rises in the east”.The teacher told me that the sun rises in the east.

3. Kamala said, “Truth is bitter”.Kamala said that truth is bitter.

4. I said, “The cow gives milk”.I said that the cow gives milk.

5. She said, “German is easy to learn”.

141

Page 142: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

She said that German is easy to learn.

142

Page 143: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

If the tense of the Reporting Verb is in the Past tense then the Verb in the Reported Speech is changed as follows:

SIMPLE PRESENT X SIMPLE PAST

1. He said, “I am unwell”.He said that he was unwell.

2. He said, “My pen is lost”.He said that his pen was lost.

3. Anil said, “Rita sins a song”.Anil said that Rita sang a song.

PRESENT CONTINUOUS X PAST CONTINUOUS

1. He said, “Rama is working hard”.He said that Rama was working hard.

2. He said, “I am preparing for the exam”.He said that that was preparing for the exam.

3. She said, “I am doing nothing”.She said that she was doing nothing.

4. He said, “My daughter is learning French”.He said that his daughter was learning French.

PRESENT PERFECT X PAST PERFECT

1. He said, “Raju has done the work”.He said that Raju had done the work.

2. She said, “I have written the letter”.She said that she had written the letter.

3. He said, “I have posted the letter just now”.He said that he had posted the letter just then.

4. Sita said, “You have stolen my watch”.Sita said that I had stolen her watch.

5. I said, “She has gone”.I said that she had gone.

PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS X PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS

1. He said, “It has been raining since morning.”He said that it had been raining since morning.

2. They said, “We have been working since 1990.”They said that they had been working since 1990.

3. He said, “I have been playing since morning.”He said that he had been playing since morning.

SIMPLE PAST X PAST PERFECT1. He said, “Raju returned at afternoon.”

He said that Rahu had returned at afternoon.

143

Page 144: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. He said, “I came in the evening.He said that had come in the evening.

3. She said, “Sita sang a song.”She said that Sita had sung a song.

PAST CONTINUOUS X PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS

1. I said, “She was dancing.”I said that she had been dancing.

2. He said, “All the boys were going.”He said that all the boys had been going.

3. Mohan said, “I was watching T.V.”Mohan said that he had been watching T.V.

PAST PERFECT & PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS REMAIN UNCHANGED:

1. Kamala said, “Leela had gone home.”Kamala said that Leela had gone home.

2. Pavan said, “I had taught a lesson.”Pavan said that he had taught a lesson.

3. Kiran said, “I had been playing.”Kiran said that he had been playing.

4. He said, “We had been playing cricket.”He said that they had been playing cricket.

SHALL – WILL – CAN – MAY

1. He said, “I shall try to help her.”He said that he should help her.

2. He said, “Rama will come.”He said that Rama would come.

3. I said, “He may pass.”I said that he might pass.

4. She said, “I can do the sum.”She said that she could do the sum.

IMPERATIVE SENENCES

“That” is not used here. To + infinitive is used.

Positive Commands:1. The master said to the servant, “Go away.”

The master ordered the servant to go away.2. The teacher said to the boys, “Get away from this room.”

The teacher ordered the boys to get away from that room.3. He said to his servant, “Leave this place now.”

He ordered his servant to leave that place then.4. The manager said to the typist, “Type this letter.”

144

Page 145: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

The manager ordered the servant to type that letter.5. The queen said to her maid, “make my bed.”

The queen ordered her maid to make her bed.

Negative Commands:1. He said to the students, “Don’t make a noise.”

He ordered the students not to make a noise.2. He said to his soldiers, “Don’t loose your faith.”

He asked his soldiers not to loose their faith.3. He said to me, “Don’t waste your time.”

He ordered me not to waste my time.Requests:1. I said to the teacher, “Please explain this question.”

I requested the teacher to explain that question.2. The visitor said to me, “Please take me to the office now.”

The visitor requested me to take him to the office then.3. The rat said to the lion, “Please pardon me for this time.”

The rat pleaded the lion to forgive it for that time.4. My father said to me, “Don’t read this book.”

My father advised me not to read that book.5. I said to Krishna, “Please give me your pen.”

I requested Krishna to give me his pen.Wishes:1. The old man said to him, “May you long live.”

The old man wished him that he might live long.2. The people said, “May the God save the king.”

The people wished that the God might save the king.3. He said to me, “Good morning.”

He wished me good morning.4. He said to me, “Good evening.”

He wished me good evening.5. The father said, “May god pardon the sinners”

The father prayed that god might pardon the sinners.

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCESIn Interrogative sentences ‘that’ is removed.

1. He said to me “Who are you?”He asked me who I was.

2. He said to me “What is your name?”He asked me what my name was.

3. He said to me “How old are you?”He asked me how old I was.

4. I said to you “Where are you going?’I asked you where you were going.

5. She said to me “What do you want?”She asked me what I wanted.

6. He said to me “When will you come?’He asked me when I would come.

145

Page 146: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

7. She said “Who is the first man to fly in the space?”She asked who the first man to fly in the space was.

8. She said to him “Whose portrait are you painting?’She asked him whose portrait he was painting.

9. “Whom do you want to see? She said to me.She asked me whom I wanted to see.

10. He said to her “When does the post-man come everyday?”He asked her when the post-man came everyday.

WHETHER / IF ---------- YES / NO

If the question demands yes / no answer then ‘whether / if ‘ is used to introduce the Reported Speech.

1. Mohan said to me “Do you like tea?”Mohan asked me whether I liked tea. (Or)Mohan asked me if I liked tea.

2. Mohan said to me “Don’t you like tea?”Mohan asked me whether I didn’t like tea.Mohan asked me if I didn’t like tea.

3. He said to me “Did you like him?”He asked me if I had liked him.

4. He said to me “Didn’t you like this?”He asked me whether I hadn’t liked that.

5. He said to me “Don’t you know me?”He asked me if I didn’t know him.

6. She said to me “Can you do this?”She asked me if I could do that.

7. I said to her “Are you married?”I asked her whether she was married.

8. He said to me “Will you let me help you?”He asked me if I would let her help me.

EXCLAMATORY SENTENCESHurrah! -------- JoyBravo! -------- Applauded or praisedAlas! -------- Sorrow, grief, sad or sadlyHark! -------- AttentionOh! -------- SurprisedOh God! -------- Shock, bitterly

1. He said, “Alas! He is dead.”He exclaimed in grief that he was dead.He exclaimed with sorrow that he was dead.He exclaimed sadly that he was dead.He exclaimed sorrowfully that he was dead.

2. He said, “Hurrah! My friend came.”He exclaimed joyfully that his friend had come.

146

Page 147: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. He said to me, “Bravo you did well;”He applauded me by saying that I had done well.

4. They said, “Hurrah! We have won the match.”They exclaimed joyfully that they had won the match.

5. Govind said, “Oh god! I lost my purse.”Govind exclaimed bitterly that he had lost his purse.

6. Sita said, “Oh god! I am failed.”Sita exclaimed sadly that she was failed.

7. He said, “How selfish I have been!”He exclaimed that he had been very selfish.

8. She said, “How beautiful the garden is!”She exclaimed that the garden was very beautiful.

9. He said, “What a fool I am!”He exclaimed that he was a great fool.

10. She said, “How tall the building is!”She exclaimed that the building was very tall.

Type – 1

Assertive Sentences

1. Raju said, “I am fine here.”

A. Raju said that he was fine there.

2. Raju said “I was fine here.”

A. Raju said that he had been fine there.

3. Rakesh said to Venu, “I will be fine there”.

A. Rakesh told Venu that he would be fine there.

4. Meena says, “I am watching a movie.”

A. Meena said that she was watching a movie.

5. Varun said, “We are playing a match today.”

A. Varun said that they were playing a match that day.

6. Mahesh said to Mani, “I have played my part well”.

A. Mahesh told Mani that he had played his part well.

7. Anil said to Maneesha, “You have committed an error here.”

A. Anil told Maneesha that she had committed an error there.

8. Kamal said to Ramya, “ I have been trying to complete the project.”

A. Kamal told Ramya that he had been trying to complete the project.

9. Rathan said, “I did my job well.”

A. Rathan said that he had done his job well.147

Page 148: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

10. Rithu said to Karishma, “I was waiting for my friend then.”

A. Rithu told Karishma that she had been waiting for her friends (then) at that time.

11. Karina said to Roshan, “I had verified the contents before I submitted the papers.”

A. Karina told Roshan that she had verified the content before she submitted the papers.

12. I said to her, “I am writing a poem now.”

A. I told her that I was writing a poem then.

13. I said to her, “You have drawn the figure nicely.”

A. I told her that she had drawn the figure nicely.

14. I said to her, “He has left the room.”

A. I told her that he had left the room.

15. You said to me, “I completed the task yesterday.”

A. You told me that you had completed the task the previous day.

16. You said to me, “Your are playing the flute well.”

A. You told me that I was playing the flute well.

17. Nithin said to Trisha, “You can take whatever you want.”

A. Nithin told Trisha that she could take whatever she wanted.

18. Vineeth said to Suresh, “The Earth revolves round the Sun”.

A. Vineeth told Suresh that the Earth revolves round the Sun.

19. He said “Children go to school everyday.”

A. He said that children go/went to school everyday.

20. The boy said, “Practice makes man perfect.”

A. The boy said that practice makes man perfect.

Type – 2

Interrogative Sentences

A) Questions starting with Auxiliary Verbs.

21. Vijay said, “Do you know his address?”

A. Vijay asked whether he knew his address.

22. Vikraman said, “Have you watched Aparichutudu?”

A. Vikraman asked whether I had watched Aparichutudu.

23. The teacher said, “Are you preparing well for the exams?”

A. The teacher asked whether I was preparing well for the exams.

24. The Policeman said to the man, “Didn’t you steal it from the complex?

148

Page 149: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A. The policeman interrogated the man if he hadn’t stolen it from the complex.

25. The man said to the boy, “Can you show me the way to the Railway Station?”

A. The man asked the boy whether he could show him the way to the Railway Station.

26. The mother said to the girl, “Have you been doing the same exercise since morning?”

A. The mother asked the girl whether she had been doing the same exercise since morning.

27. Manohar said to Sri Lakshmi “Do you love me? Shall I kill you?”

A. Manohar asked Sri Lakshmi if she would love him or he should kill her.

28. He asked the child, “Have you taken your meal?”

A. He asked the child whether it had taken its meal.

29. The man said to the girl, “Does she colour the figure with crayons or oil colours?”

A. The man asked the girl whether she coloured the figure with crayons or oil colours.

30. Rohan said to Anila, “Will you go to Delhi next week?”

A. Rohan asked Anila whether she would go to Delhi the following week.

31. Rakshita said to Venki, “Will you be playing the benefit match next Sunday?”

A. Rakshita asked Venki whether he would be playing the benefit match the following Sunday.

32. Arthi said to Vamsi, “May I go through the script?

A. Arthi asked Vamsi whether she might go through the script.

33. Madhavan said to Mani, “Will it be all right if I take three takes to complete the shot?”

A. Madhavan asked Mani whether it would be all right if he took three takes to complete the shot.

34. Shankar said to Sada, “Have you practised the lip movement properly?

A. Shankar asked Sada whether she had practiced the lip movement properly.

35. The teacher said to the student, “Are you confident of getting a seat in I.I.T?”

A. The teacher asked the student whether he was confident of getting a seat in I.I.T.

B. Questions starting with Wh – Words.

36. Ameer said to Anand, “Which book do you want?”

A. Ameer asked Anand which book he wanted.

37. Hrithik said to Amisha, “What novels have you read this week?”

A. Hrithik asked Amisha what novels she had read that week.

38. Chitra said to Patnayak, “Where did you learn classical music?

149

Page 150: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A. Chitra asked Patnayak where he had learned classical music.

39. The teacher said to the boy, “Who is the writer of the novel Harry Pottor?”

A. The teacher asked the boy who was the writer of the novel Harry Pottor.

40. Nikhil said to Reena, “When did you return from Mumbai?”

A. Nikhil asked Reena when she had returned from Mumbai.

41. Vamsi said to Sheela, “When can I meet your parents?”

A. Vamsi asked Sheela when he could meet her parents.

42. Ganguly said to the bowlers, “Why have you not been attending the net practice regularly?

A. Ganguly asked the bowlers why they had not been attending the net practice regularly.

43. Srikanth said to Sachin, “Where do you get your knees operated?”

A. Srikanth asked Sachin where he would get his knees operated.

44. The teacher asked the student, “Why were you absent from the class yesterday?”

A. The teacher asked the student why he had been absent from the class the previous day.

45. The girls said to the man, “ How can I reach the examination hall?”

A. The girl asked the man how she could reach the examination hall.

46. The man asked the girl, “When will your father return from the office?”

A. The man asked the girl when her father would return from the office.

47. The dentist asked the little girl, “How much Chocolate do you eat every day?”

A. The dentist asked the little girl how much chocolate she ate everyday.

48. The manager asked the stenographer, “Do you visit Kashmir this year?”

A. The Manger asked the stenographer whether she would visit Kashmir that year.

49. He said to the boy, “What is your name?”

A. He asked the boy what his name is/was.

50. The teacher said to the students, “Who can answer this question?”

A. The teacher asked the students who could answer that aquestion.

Type – 3

Imperative Sentences

51. The officer said to the typist, “Type these letters immediately.”

A. The officer ordered the typist to type those letters immediately.

52. He said to his colleague, “Check the content before you submit the papers.?”

A. He advised his colleague to check the content before he/she would submit the papers.

150

Page 151: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

53. The teacher said to the students, “Write brief and accurate answers neatly without mistakes.”

A. The teacher advised the students to write brief and accurate answers neatly without mistakes.

54. The teacher said to the students, “Design your answer booklet and make it look beautiful and special.”

A. The teacher ordered/advised/instructed the students to design their answer booklet and make it look beautiful and special.

55. The teacher said to the students, “Check the section and question numbers before you return the answer scripts.”

A. The teacher instructed the students to check the section and question numbers before they return the answer scripts.

Type – 4

Exclamatory Sentences

56. The captain said, “Hurrah! We have won the match.”

A. The Captain exclaimed with joy that they had won the match.

57. He said to her, “Alas! He has lost all his property”.

A. He exclaimed with sorrow that he had lost all his properly.

58. She said, “Wow! How beautiful the flower is!”

A. She exclaimed with wonder that it was a beautiful flower.

59. He said, “Ah! What a big building it is!”

A. He exclaimed with astonishment that it was a big building.

60. The culprit said, “Oh! Lord! Take pity and pardon me.”

A. The culprit prayed to the Lord to take pity and pardon him.

Exercise: 10.1

Speech: Tenses

1. He said, “I want to finish my exercise today.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

2. I said to my teacher, “I need your help.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

3. She said, “They were going.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

4. The teacher said, “The school will remain closed tomorrow.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

5. He said to me, “Your are lucky but I am unlucky.”

151

Page 152: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

6. My mother said, “I am going to see Mrs. Sharma and will be back in a minute”.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

7. “I met John yesterday”, he said.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

8. The children said to me, “We will go out in the rain.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

9. They said, “The boy is hiding in the place where we left him.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

10. Kapil said, “Asha was combing her hair.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

11. I said to the sir, “I am listening to you.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

12. The clerk said, “I shall finish this work in time.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

13. He said, “I killed the snake with a stick.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

14. She said, “I have been working hard these days.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

15. The parrot said, “A hunter has caught me.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

16. He said, “I will give her a new frock.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

17. He said to me, “You can never get my help.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

18. He said to her, “You will go to Delhi tomorrow.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

19. The boy said, “I am giving this to you.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

20. Mohan said, “I will come if I can.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

21. She said, “This dog can catch the ball.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

22. Mr. Das said, “We bought a new vase from bazaar.”

152

Page 153: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

23. She said , “I shall leave this place as soon as I can.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

24. Meena said, “Venu knows my place well.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

25. I said to you, “I am your friend.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

26. He said to me, “I will show you the way now.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

27. I said, “You killed a snake yesterday.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

28. Rama said, “I have a car.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

29. Priya said, “I sold my Scooty last month.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

30. Swathi said, “I am leaving for Chennai today.”

Ans …………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise: 10.2Convert the following sentences into Indirect speech:

1. He said to me “Will you play chess with me?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. He said to me “Do you live in this colony?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. “Did you plan to go away in summer?” he said to her.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

4. “Don’t you want to start before it gets too dark?” she said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

5. “Were you drawing then?” he said to her.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. “Can you lend me some money?” I said to him.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

153

Page 154: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

7. “Did you read the novel yesterday?” I said to him.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

8. “Where can I find the English dictionary?” she said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

9. She said to me “Is not your name Appa Rao?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

10. He said to me “What is it that makes you so much strong?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

11. “Don’t you know the way home?” she said to me.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

12. “Have you anything to say, little bird?” Ulysses said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

13. He said to me “Which way did she go?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

14. “Are you free this afternoon?” he said to me.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

15. The conductor said “Why haven’t you bought the ticket for this boy?’

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

16. He said to me “Why don’t you consult your doctor?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

17. She said “Can we get another Ghantasala?’

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

18. She said to me “Will you care for this man?’

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

19. I said to you “Did you come from Bombay?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

20. “Are you visiting Araku valley today?” She said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

21. You said to me “Can you lend me your pen?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

154

Page 155: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

22. I said to her “Can you lend me some money today?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

23. He said to her “Where did you go last night?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

24. “When will the next letter come?” she said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

25. He said to him “Are we meeting tomorrow?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

26. The teacher said “What are the rivers that flow through A.P?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

27. The stranger said to me “Can you show this address to me?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

28. The teacher said to me “Why do you draw a blank?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

29. “Do you really come from China?” he said to her.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

30. “Who are you sir and what do you want?” I said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise: 10.3

Convert the following sentences into Indirect speech:

1. “Sit down boys” said the teacher.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. I said to him, “Come again tomorrow.”

Ans ………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. “Please help me from starvation”, said the beggar.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

4. “Bring me a drink or milk”, said the swamy to the villagers.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

5. “Run away, children” said their Mother.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

155

Page 156: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

6. “Go to the market. Bring me some vegetables and a dozen plantains”, ordered the

master.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

7. The Forest Minister said to the people, “Grow more trees and get better life.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

8. He said to us, “Mind your business”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

9. He said to the boy, “Go out”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

10. “Call the witness” said the judge.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

11. The inspector said to the police, “Stop the man”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

12. The manager said to the clerks, “Don’t come late”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

13. The Lecturer said to the students, “Use the Oxford Dictionary”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

14. He said to me, “Please wait here”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

15. Mary’s father said to the Principal, “Please pardon my daughter”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

16. She said, “Let us not waste our time”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

17. My friend said, “Let us go to the cinema”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

18. Rama said to Arjun, “Go away”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

19. He said to her,, “Please wait here till I return”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

20. He said, “Be quiet and listen to my words”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

21. Gopal said to me, “Do it thus.”156

Page 157: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

22. He said, “Alas! Our foes are very strong.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

23. He said, “Wait until I come.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

24. He said to his sons, “Don’t quarrel among yourselves when I am dead.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

25. He said to me, “Alas! He is dead.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

26. He said, “Let us wait for the award.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

27. He said to me, “Be careful.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

28. The boy said to her, “Don’t wait for the bus.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

29. The teacher said to him, “Don’t read so fast.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

30. “Don’t ever do this again.”, he said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

31. “What a pity you didn’t come!” ,she said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

32. The girl said, “How cold it is!”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

33. John said to his sister, “Don’t wait for me this evening.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

34. He said,”Bravo! You have done well.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

35. Alice said, “How clever I am!”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

157

Page 158: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

EXERCISE - 181. He said to me “Will you play chess with me?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. He said to me “Do you live in this colony?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. “Did you plan to go away in summer?” he said to her.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

4. The Principal said “There will be a holiday tomorrow.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

5. She said to him,“I don’t believe you.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. She said, “My bag was found.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

7. The boy says, “I can do it”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

8. The prince said, “It gives me pleasure to be here this evening.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

9. “I shall go as soon as it is possible”, she said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

10. “Did you read the novel yesterday? I said to him.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

11. “Where can I find the English dictionary?” she said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

12. She said to me “Is not your name Sarkaar?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

13. He said to me “What is it that makes you so much strong?

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

14. My teacher said, “If you don’t work hard, you will fail.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

15. I sad, “All are sinners.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

158

Page 159: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

16. He said, “I don’t want to see any of you.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

17. He said, “Its gilded cage reminds me of my father whom they imprisoned’

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

18. He said, “Alas! Our foes are very strong.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

19. “Do you really come from China?” he said to her.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

20. “Who are you sir and what do you want? I said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

21. He said, “Wait until I come.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

22. He said, I will never steal again.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

23. “Don’t you know the way home?” she said to me.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

24. “Have you anything to say, little bird?” Ulysses said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

25. He said to me “Which way did she go?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

26. The boy said to us, I shall come with you.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

27. She said, “Even though I come it is against my will.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

28. He said to his sons, “Don’t quarrel among yourselves when I am dead.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

29. He said to me, “Hark! I hear some strange sound.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

30. “Are you free this afternoon?’ he said to me.

159

Page 160: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

31. He said, “let us wait for award.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

32. The lion said to the fox, “I am weak. My teeth have fallen out. I have no appetite.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

33. The conductor said “Why haven’t you bought the ticket for this boy?’

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

34. He said to me “Why don’t you consult your doctor?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

35. She said “Shall we get another Ghantasala?’

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

36. He said to me, “Be careful.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

37. Mohan said, “I shall meet Sekhar tomorrow.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

38. The student said, “I am disappointed by my marks.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

39. Jack said to Aunt Jane, “I will drive you to the station.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

40. The father said to his son, “The things will be sorted out now.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

41. The boy said to her, “Don’t wait for the bus.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

42. She said to me “Will you care for this man?’

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

43. I said to you “Did you come from Bombay?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

44. “Are you visiting Arakuvalley today? She said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

160

Page 161: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

45. Anitha said, “We are late today.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

46. The boy said, “I have pain in my right leg.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

47. You said to me “Can you lend me your pen?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

48. I said to her “Can you lend me some money today?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

49. He said to her “Where did you go last night?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

50. The teacher said to him, “Don’t read so fast.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

EXERCISE - 19 1. “Don’t ever do this again.” he said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. “When will the next letter come?” she said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. The father said, “My son don’t waste your time”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

4. The boys said, “How stiff the paper is!”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

5. He said, “Let me play in your garden”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. He said to me, “Where is the station?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

7. He said, “God is great”.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

8. I said to him, “Please lend me your book.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

161

Page 162: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

9. He said, “May God reward your labour.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

10. The boys said, “Papa forgive us this time.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

11. He said to me, “Let me study.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

12. “Do you know Hindi” the teacher asked the boy.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

13. “Present the witness in the court now”, the Judge said.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

14. I said to him, “Do you know English?’

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

15. “Are you sure this is correct” I said to them.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

16. She said to her mother, “Shall I marry him?’

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

17. He said, “Shall I open that window?’

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

18. He said, “We are in the play ground.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

19. She said, “I am unwell.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

20. He said to me, “I will meet your father today.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

21. She said to me, “Your sister met me yesterday.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

22. My brother said to me, “I took your pen.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

23. The teacher said, “The sun rises in the east.”

162

Page 163: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

24. The boy said, “My father went to Guntur.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

25. Balu said, “I don’t drink coffee.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

26. I said to him, “Was I giving any trouble there?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

27. The porter said, “The train will be late today.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

28. He said to me “Will you help me?”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

29. He said, “I have been ill since yesterday.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

30. The teacher said, “Be silent in the classroom.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

31. The teacher said to us “Did you complete the work I gave you yesterday?

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

32. The doctor said to me, “Your temperature is alright.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

33. He said, “I don’t want any food.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

34. “Please tell me where I can find an application form”, she said to the boy.

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

35. She said, “I am living in Delhi.”

Ans. ………………………………………………………………………………………….

* * *

163

Page 164: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

11. DEGREES OF COMPARISON

Degrees of Comparison:There are three types of Degrees of comparison. Degree means ‘the rank or grade given according to the quality.1. Positive Degree2. Comparative Degree3. Superlative DegreePositive Degree: The Positive Degree of an adjective is the adjective in its simplest form.It is used to denote the mere existence of a some quality of what we speak about.Ex: Rama’s mango is sweet.

Comparative Degree: The Comparative degree of an adjective denotes the higher degree of the quality than the positive: and is used when two things or two set of things are compared.Ex: Hari’s mango is sweeter than Rama’s.

Superlative Degree: The Superlative Degree of an adjective denotes the highest degree of a quality, and is used when more than two things are used.Ex: Govind’s mango is the sweetest of all.

Formation of Comparative and Superlative:More Adjectives of one syllable, and some of more than one form the comparative by adding ‘ _er’ and the Superlative by adding ‘_est’ to the Positive.

Positive Comparative SuperlativeSweet sweeter sweetestSmall smaller smallestTall taller tallestKind kinder kindestYoung younger youngestGreat greater greatestClever cleverer cleverestOld older oldestTough tougher toughestThick thicker thickest

When the Positive ends in ‘e’, only ‘-r’ and ‘-st’ are used.Brave braver bravestFine finer finestWhite whiter whitestAble abler ablestWise wiser wisest

164

Page 165: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

When the Positive ends in’y’, preceded by a consonant the ‘y’ is changed into ‘i’ before adding ‘- er’or ‘-est’.Happy happier happiestEasy easier easiestHeavy heavier heaviestMerry merrier merriestWealthy wealthier wealthiest

When a Positive is a word of one syllable and ends in a single consonant, preceded by a short vowel, this consonant is doubled before adding ‘-er’ and ‘-est’.Red redder reddestBig bigger biggestHot hotter hottestThin thinner thinnestSad sadder saddestFat fatter fattest

Adjectives of more than two syllables, and many of those with two, form the comparative by using the Adverb more with the Positive, and the Superlative by using the Adverb ‘most’ with the Positive.Splendid more splendid most splendidBeautiful more beautiful most beautifulDifficult more difficult most difficultProper more proper most properImportant more important most importantCourageous more courageous most courageousLearned more learned most learnedIndustrious more industrious most industriousPopular more popular most popularPopulous more populous most populousUseful more useful most usefulHelpful more helpful most helpfulPerfect more perfect most perfectNutritious more nutritious most nutritiousFamous more famous most famousPrecious more precious most precious

IRREGULAR COMPARISONSGood, well better bestBad, evil, ill worse worstLittle less, lesser leastMuch more mostMany more mostFar farther farthestFore former foremost, firstIn inner inmost, innermostOut outer utmost, uppermostLate later latest, last

165

Page 166: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Model -I

Positive :No other country in the world is so great as India.Comparative: India is greater than any other country in the world.Superlative: India is the greatest country in the world.

P.D No other boy in the class is so clever as Raghu.C.D Raghu is cleverer than any other boy in the class.S.D Raghu is the cleverest boy in the class.

P.D No other girl is so pretty as Rani.C.D Rani is prettier than any other girl in the class.S.D Rani is the prettiest girl in the class.

P.D No other boxer in the world is so heavy as Tyson.C.D Tyson is heavier than any other boxer in the world.S.D Tyson is the heaviest boxer in the world.

P.D No other tree in the garden is so old as this .C.D This is the older than any other tree in the garden.S.D This is the oldest tree in the garden

P.D No other fruit is so sweet as mango.C.D Mango is sweeter than any other fruit .S.D Mango is the sweetest fruit.

Model – II

P.D Very few Indian cities are as big as Chennai.C.D Chennai is bigger than many other cities in India.(Indian cities)S.D Chennai is one of the biggest Indian cities.

P.D Very few animals are as useful as the cow.C.D The cow is more useful than many other animals.S.D The cow is one of the most useful animals.

P.D Very few books in English are as good as ‘The Guide’.C.D ‘The Guide’ is better than many other books in English.S.D ‘The Guide’ is one of the best books in English.

P.D Very few planets are as big as Jupiter.C.D Jupiter is bigger than many other planets.S.D Jupiter is one of the biggest planets.

P.D Very few persons are as old as Ali.C.D Ali is older than many other persons.S.D Ali is one of the oldest persons.

166

Page 167: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

MODEL -IIIComparison between two persons or two things.Therefore there will be no

Superlative Degree:

P.D I am not so great as he.C.D He is greater than I.

P.D Kamala is not so wise as Vimala.C.D Vimala is wiser than Kamlaa.

P.D Sachin does not bowl so fast as Pathan.C.D Pathan bowls faster than Sachin.

MODEL – IVComparison between two persons or two things. Therefore there will be no

Superlative Degree.

P.D Shyamala is at least as good dancer as Leela.C.D Leela is not better dancer than Shyamala.

P.D Kumar is at least as tall as Ravi.C.D Ravi is not taller than Kumar.

P.D Girls are at least as clever as boys.C.D Boys are not cleverer than boys

Model – V

P.D Some other buildings are at least as big as this.C.D This is not bigger than some other buildings.S.D This is not the biggest building.

P.D Some other boys are at least as handsome as Kiran.C.D Kiran is not more handsome than some other boys.S.D Kiran is not the most handsome boy.

P.D Some other dramatists are at least as popular as Narayan.C.D Narayan is not more popular than some other dramatists.S.D Narayan is not the most popular dramatist.

III. Change the Degree of Comparison, without changing the meaning:-1. Some poets are at least as great as Tennyson.

Comp : Tennyson is not greater than some other poets.Super:- Tennyson is not the greatest of all poets.

2. Very few boys are so industries as Latif.Comp:- Latif is more Industrious than many other boys.Super:- Latif is one of the most Industrious of the boys.

167

Page 168: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. Super:- Australia is the largest Island in the world.Comp:- Australia is larger than any other Island in the worldPosi :- No other Island is as large as Australia in the world.

4. Comp:- Lead is heavier than other metals.Super:- Lead is the heaviest of all metal.Posi :- No other metal is so heavy as Lead.

5. Shakesphere is greater than any other English poet.Super:- Shakesphere is the greatest English poet.Posi:- No other poet in English is so great as Shakesphere.

6. Samudra Gupta was one of the greatest of Indian kings.Comp:- Samudra Gupta was greater than many other Indian kings.Posi:- Very few Indian kings were so great as Samudra Gupta.

7. The times is the most powerful newspaper in England.Comp:- The times is more powerful than any most other newspaper.Posi:- No other newspaper is so powerful as the times.

8. A wise enemy is better than a foolish friend. (comp)A foolish friend is not as good as a wise enemy. (positive)

9. David is as wise as Solomon. (positive)Solomon is not wiser than David (comparative)

10. Very few countries are as rich as England. England is richer than many other countries. (comparative)

MODEL – 1

Positive Comparative Superlative

No other – as good as

better than any other

the best

EXERCISE – 11.1

I. Change the degree of comparison without changing the meaning:

1. No other boy in the class is as clever as Ram.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

2. He is better than any other bowler in the team.

Ans: 1. ………………………………………………………………………………………..

168

Page 169: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2.

……………………………………………..……………………………………

3. Kolkata is the biggest city in India.

Ans: 1. ………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

4. No other novel I have ever read is as interesting as this.

Ans: 1. ………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

5. R.K. Narayan is more famous than any other Indian writer.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

6. Hyderabad is larger than any other city in Andhra Pradesh.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

7. No other country in the world is as rich as America.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

8. Lead is the heaviest metal.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

9. No other flower is as beautiful as Rose.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

169

Page 170: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

10. Telugu is the easiest subject.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

11. No other story book is so popular as “The Arabian Nights”.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

12. This novel is more interesting than any other novel.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

13. Bhim is the strongest man.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

14. No other physician is so well known as Dr.Hayer.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

15. Raghu is cleverer than any other boy in the class.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

16. No other girl is so pretty as Rani.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

17. This is the oldest tree in the garden.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

170

Page 171: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

18. No other building in the world is as famous as this.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

19. English is more interesting than any other subject.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

20. Mango is the sweetest fruit.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

21. Bombay is the biggest seaport in india.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

22. Shakespeare is greater than any other dramatist of England.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

23. Riding is the best exercise.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

24. She is more intelligent than any other girl in the class.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

171

Page 172: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

25. The Taj Mahal is the most beautiful monument in India.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

26. Gold is more precious than any other metal.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

27. This is the most useful book on English grammar.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

28. Milk is the most wholesome drink.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

MODEL – 2

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE

very fewas good as

better thanmost other

one of the best

EXERCISE – 11.2

II. Change the degree of comparison without changing the meaning:

1. Akbar was one of the ablest rulers of India (superlative)

Ans: 1.

………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. …………………………………………………..……………………………………

2. Very few countries are as rich as Japan.

172

Page 173: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

3. Bombay is one of the richest cities in India.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

4. Manu is more hard working than many other boys in the class.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

5. Samudra Gupta was one of the greatest Indian kings.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

6. Very few countries are as rich as England.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

7. Mohan is cleverer than most other boys in the class.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………8. ‘The Hindu’ is one of the best news papers.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………9. Very few boys are as industrious as Suresh.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

173

Page 174: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

10. Sri Lanka is one of the biggest islands in the world.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………11. Raghu is more intelligent than most other boys in the class.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………12. Very few Indian leaders are so great as Pt. Nehru.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………13. Kalidasa is one of the greatest dramatists.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………14. Napoleon was braver than many other generals.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

15. Russia is one of the largest countries in the world.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………16. Very few girls in the class are as beautiful as Sita.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………17. The Indus valley civilization is one of the oldest civilizations in the world.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………18. Very few actresses of India are so talented as Sridevi.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………19. Gold is heavier than many other metals.

174

Page 175: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………20. Delhi is one of the biggest cities of India.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………21. Very few girls in the class are as tall as Misha.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………22. Mr. Kapoor is one of the best teachers in our school.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………23. Very few countires are as hot as India.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………24. Akbar was wiser than many other Indian kings.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………25. A sunset on the sea is one of the loveliest things in nature.

Ans: 1. ………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

26. Very few warriors of India are as brave as Rana Pratap.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

27. ‘The Arabian Nights’ is one of the most interesting books.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………28. Very few ladies are as multi talented as Latha.

175

Page 176: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

MODEL – 3

Positive Comparative Superlative

not so good as better than - - - - - - -

EXERCISE – 11.3

III. Change the following degree of comparison without changing the meaning:

1. Iron is not so heavy as gold.

Ans :…………………………………………………………………..……………………

2. Her sister is more beautiful than she.

Ans :…………………………………………………………………..……………………

3. Delhi is not so big as Bombay.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………..……………………

4. Honey is sweeter than sugar.

Ans :…………………………………………………………………..……………………

5. A bird can’t fly as fast as an aeroplane.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………..……………………

6. Manohar was stronger than Akhil.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………..…………………………

7. It is easier to preach than to practice.

Ans : …………………………………………………………..……………………………..

8. Abdul bowls faster than Kareem.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

9. Sita is not as tall as Kamala.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

10. Sarala are more industrious than Vimala.176

Page 177: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

11. Ashok is not as strong asAnand.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

12. It is better to starve than to beg.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

13. A cock is not as beautiful as a peacock.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

14. A bee is not as busy as I.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

15. Delhi is bigger than Ludhiana

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

16. A wise enemy is better than a foolish friend.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

17. A dead lion is not so strong as a live ass.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

18. I work harder than you do.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

19. This lesson is easier than the last one.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

20. Kalka is not so cool as Shimla.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

21. Manu is taller than his sister.

Ans :……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

22. The elephant is not so weak as the lion.

Ans ……………………………………………………………..……………………………..

177

Page 178: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

MODEL - 4

Positive Comparative Superlative

at least asgood as

not better than - - - - - -

EXERCISE – 11.3

IV. Change the following degree of comparison without changing the meaning:

1. Some boys are at least as industrious as Suresh.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………

2. He is at least as handsome as Karim.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………….

3. Kumar is at least as tall as Ravi.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Girls are at least as clever as boys.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………..

MODEL – 5

Positive Comparative Superlative

some other ------ at least as good as

not better than some other

not the best

EXERCISE – 11.4 V. Change the following degree of comparison without changing the meaning:

1. Some beans are at least as nutritious as meat. (positive)

Ans: 1. ………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. ……………………………………………………..……………………………………

178

Page 179: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. Wordsworth is not the greatest poet.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

3. Karim is not more industrious than some other boys.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..……………………………… 4. Sarojini is not the cleverest girl in the class.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

5. Some flowers are atleast as fragrant as the rose.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

6. She is not more beautiful than some other girls.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

7. India is not the hottest country.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

8. Some girls in the class are at least as clever as Shoba.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

9. Ashok is not better than some other boys in the team.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

179

Page 180: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

10. Some girls in the class are at least as wise as her.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

11. Shimla is not the coolest hill stations in India.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

12. Some students in the class are at least as bright as John.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

13. Sunitha is not prettier than some other girls in the class.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

14. Some buildings in the world are at least as famous as the Taj.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

15. Lead is not the heaviest metal.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

16. Rahul is not the best player.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

180

Page 181: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

17. Some other girls as at least as wise as she.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

18. He is not richer than some other men of our town.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

19. Shimla is not the best hill station.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

20. Some other boys in the team are at least as good as Tony.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

21. Rice is not the most nutritious grain.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

22. She is not better than some other doctors in the town.

Ans: 1. …………………………………………………………………………………………

2. …………………………………………………………..………………………………

Exercise: 20Change the degrees of the following sentences.

1. Lokesh runs faster than Rakesh.

A:________________________________________________________

2. The moon shines brighter than the star.

A:________________________________________________________

181

Page 182: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. A donkey can not run so fast as a horse.

A:________________________________________________________

4. Rajesh is at least as tough as Rahim.

A:________________________________________________________

5. I am not duller than he.

A:________________________________________________________

6. Very few Indian kings are as famous as Asoka.

A:________________________________________________________

7. Ooty is cooler than many other places in India.

A:________________________________________________________

8. Latif is one of the most industrious boys.

A:________________________________________________________

9. The dog is the most faithful animal.

A:________________________________________________________

10. Hyderabad is more populous than many other cities in India.

A:________________________________________________________

11. Sachin is the most popular player.

A:________________________________________________________

12. No other cricketer hits the ball so hard as Dhoni.

A:________________________________________________________

13. Rajasthan is the hottest region in India.

A:________________________________________________________

14. Indus valley civilization is one of the most ancient civilizations.

A:________________________________________________________

15. Australia is the largest continent in the world.

A:________________________________________________________

16. I know him quite as well as you do.

A:________________________________________________________

17. You don’t know him better than I do.

A:________________________________________________________

18. Preaching is easier than practicing.

A:________________________________________________________

19. No other man was so strong as Bhima.

182

Page 183: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A:________________________________________________________

20. Some boys are at least as industrious as Suresh.

A:________________________________________________________

21. Sachin is the most famous cricketer.

A:________________________________________________________

22. Tirupathi is more sacred than many other temples.

A:________________________________________________________

23. I am not lazier than he.

A:________________________________________________________

24. Srikanth is not the most popular hero.

A:________________________________________________________

25. England is richer than any other country in the world.

A:________________________________________________________

26. Some other boys are at least as courageous as Rahim.

A:________________________________________________________

27. The Ashram is one of the coolest places in India.

A:________________________________________________________

28. Vinay is not so handsome as Dheeraj.

A:________________________________________________________

29. She is the shortest girl in the class.

A:________________________________________________________

30. Navya is at least as clever as Sravya.

A:________________________________________________________

Exercise: 21Change the degree of the following sentences.:-

1. The pen is mightier than the sword.

A:________________________________________________________

2. Open rebuke is better than secret love.

A:________________________________________________________

3. Gupta was one of the greatest of Indian kings.

A:________________________________________________________

183

Page 184: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

4. A wise enemy is better than a foolish friend.

A:________________________________________________________

5. Some people have more money than brains.

A:________________________________________________________

6. Lead is heavier than any other metal.

A:________________________________________________________

7. The tiger is the most ferocious of all animals.

A:________________________________________________________

8. Very few metals are as useful as iron.

A:________________________________________________________

9. Shakespeare is greater than any other poet in English.

A:________________________________________________________

10. India is the largest democratic country in the world.

A:________________________________________________________

11. Soya beans are at least as nutritious as meat.

A:________________________________________________________

12. Mount Everest is the highest peak of the Himalayas.

A:________________________________________________________

13. No other drama in Sanskrit is so good as Shakuntala.

A:________________________________________________________

14. Tom is the worst boy in the class.

A:________________________________________________________

15. Tennyson is not greater than some other poets.

A:________________________________________________________

16. Mango is sweeter than pineapple.

A:________________________________________________________

17. Silver is more plentiful than gold.

A:________________________________________________________

18. This is the most useless of all the books.

A:________________________________________________________

19. Very few fruits are as sour as the wild-apple.

A:________________________________________________________

20. It is the rarest article.

A:________________________________________________________

184

Page 185: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

21. No other diamond I have ever seen was so big as this.

A:________________________________________________________

22. Some other movie directors are at least as creative as Das.

A:________________________________________________________

23. He is not so generous as his brother.

A:________________________________________________________

24. This is the most interesting novel I have read.

A:________________________________________________________

25. Macbeth is one of the most jealous women.

A:________________________________________________________

26. Mike Tyson is the heaviest boxing champion.

A:________________________________________________________

27. Very few people in the world are so courteous as the Japanese.

A:________________________________________________________

28. Nothing else travels so fast as light.

A:________________________________________________________

29. Srilanka is not the largest island in the world.

A:________________________________________________________

30. Darjeeling is the most beautiful place I have seen.

A:________________________________________________________

* * *

185

Page 186: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

12. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

1. There are three types of If Conditions. They are:1. Probable Condition,2. Imaginary Condition and3. Impossible Condition.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES I. Probable (or) Open Conditional Sentences :

Structure

(Tense)

Sub. Clause (if-clause) Main Clause

Sub + V1, ‘s’ form

(Simple Present)

Sub + shall/will/can/may + V1

(Simple Future)

Exercise: 12.11. a) Unless you work hard, you can't get the first rank.

b) If you __________________________________

2. a) Unless all people develop secular out look, there will be no salvation for our country.

b) If all people __________________________________

3. a) Attempt to define wisdom and this agreement ceases.

b) If you __________________________________

4. a) I see him. I shall give him his gift.

b) If I __________________________________

5. a) Heat the ice, it will turn into water.

b) If you __________________________________.

6. a) Unless I have a quiet room, I shall not be able to do any work.

b) If I __________________________________.

7. a) Take another three steps and you touch the bed post.

b) If you __________________________________.

8. a) He must work hard. Then he can get first class.

b) If __________________________________.

9. a) We have to return the horse immediately or else the farmer will find it.

b) If __________________________________.

186

Page 187: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

10. a) Waste not, want not.

b) If you __________________________________

11. a) Hurry up. You can catch the last bus.

b) If __________________________________.

12. a) Unless he is physically fit, he won't be recruited.

b) If he __________________________________.

13. a) Unless it rains now, the plants will not get enough water.

b) If it __________________________________.

II. Improbable (or) Imaginary Conditional sentence :

Structure

(Tense)

Sub. Clause (if-clause) Main Clause

Sub + V2

(Simple Past)

Sub + would/should/could/might + V1

(Conditional Past)

Exercise: 12.21. a) If don't have money. So I can not give you a ride.

b) If I __________________________________.

2. a) I don't have a car. So I can not give you a ride.

b) If I __________________________________.

3. a) I don't have time. So I can not accept the job.

b) If __________________________________

4. a) Mala is not here. She will not approve of waht you are doing.

b) If Mala __________________________________.

5. a) I don't think you have enough money so you can not buy this beautiful cycle.

b) If you __________________________________.

6. a) My mother wants to buy a gold chain. But she is not going to the shop.

b) If my mother __________________________________.

7. a) I am not the Prime Minister. I want to help the poor.

b) If __________________________________.

8. a) I am not a bird. I want to fly high in the sky.

b) If __________________________________.

187

Page 188: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

III. Impossible (or) Unfulfilled Conditional sentence :

Structure(Tense)

Sub. Clause (if-clause) Main Clause

Sub + had + V3

(Past Perfect)

Sub + would /could/ might/should+ have + V3

(Conditional Perfect)

Exercise: 12.31. a) They did not prepare enough food. So they got some items from the near

by hotel.

b) If they __________________________________

2. a) He wasted his time and he failed.

b) If he __________________________________.

3. a) He did not clean his wind screen and so he was not able to see where we were going.

b) If he __________________________________

4. a) It did not rain and so the crops withered away.

b) If it __________________________________

5. a) He did not ask for my help. So I did not help him.

b) If he __________________________________.

6. a) You did not invite me, so I did not attend your marriage.

b) If __________________________________.

7. a) Renu did not pay examination fee. She was not allowed to write examination.

b) If __________________________________

8. a) The gate keeper did not close the gate. The accident happened.

b) If __________________________________.

9. a) She did not carry her driving license. She had to pay a fine.

b) If __________________________________.

10. a) If the doctor came late. The patient died.

b) If the doctor __________________________________.

11. a) He came to the function late. He did not meet the chief guest.

b) If he __________________________________.

12. a) She went late. She would not get a ticket.

b) If she __________________________________.

188

Page 189: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

13. a) I was held up in the traffic jam. So I missed the train.

b) If I __________________________________.

14. a) Renu had missed the train. So she could not attend the interview.

b) If Renu __________________________________

15. a) No precautions were taken. So many were killed in the cyclone.

b) If __________________________________.

16. a) You were very slow. So you could not finish the job in time.

b) If __________________________________.

17. a) He was not careful, so he could not avoid the accident.

b) If he __________________________________.

18. a) The doctor arrived too late, he could not save the old man.

b) If the doctor __________________________________.

19. a) You did not invite me, so I did not attend your birthday party.

b) If you __________________________________.

20. a) I did not have enough money. So I did not buy the book.

b) If I __________________________________.

21. a) Kavitha did not prepare for the exams. So she failed.

b) If Kavitha had __________________________________.

22. a) Swami did not take the medicines regularly. So he fell ill again.

b) If Swami had __________________________________.

23. a) You were very careless, that is why you failed the test.

b) If you __________________________________.

24. a) You did not come before the office closed, So I could not give you the certificate.

b) If you __________________________________.

25. a) He had not come before the office closed, so I could not give you the certificate.

b) If he had __________________________________.

26. a) They had not prepared enough food. So they had to get some items from the nearly hotel.

b) If they __________________________________.

27. a) You did not have enough sense in you so you made such silly mistakes.189

Page 190: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

b) If you __________________________________.

28. a) If you had reported as many murder cases as I have, you would have known before hand what line he would take.

b) You did not __________________________________.

29. a) You did not inform me. So I did not wait for you.

b) If __________________________________.

30. a) Arun did not inform me. So I did not wait for you.

b) If Arun __________________________________.

31. a) Renu did not pay the examination fee. She was not allowed to write the examination.

b) If __________________________________.

32. a) The gate keeper did not close the gate. The accident happened.

b) If the gate keeper __________________________________.

33. a) I did not know that you were in the hospital. I did not visit you.

b) If I had __________________________________.

34. a) He had not known that the river was dangerous, otherwise he would not have tried to swim.

b) If he __________________________________.

35. a) I should have voted for her. But I had no vote.

b) If I __________________________________.

36. a) The captain had not been more careful, his ship had sunk.

b) If the captain __________________________________.

37. a) It had not rained and so the crops had withered away.

b) If it __________________________________.

38. a) It did not rain and so the crops had withered away.

b) If __________________________________.

39. a) I did not see him. I was playing cricket.

b) If __________________________________.

190

Page 191: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise - 221. You didn’t approach me. So I didn’t advise you.

A: ______________________________________________________________

2. He invited me to the function. So I attended to it.

A: ______________________________________________________________

3. The doctor didn’t come in time. So he could not save the patient.

A: ______________________________________________________________

4. She didn’t apply for the job. She didn’t get it.

A: ______________________________________________________________

5. Rama worked hard and won the first prize.

A: ______________________________________________________________

6. John ran fast and win the race.

A: ______________________________________________________________

7. She didn’t put her hand up. So the driver didn’t stop the bus.

A: ______________________________________________________________

8. I didn’t see the movie. So I could not comment on it.

A: ______________________________________________________________

9. He came before the office closed. He received the application.

A: ______________________________________________________________

10. I completed my home work. The teacher did not punish me.

A: ______________________________________________________________

11. She was very slow. So her work was not completed.

A: ______________________________________________________________

12. Gopi was very careless. So he lost his purse

A: ______________________________________________________________

13. No precautions were taken. So many were dead.

A: ______________________________________________________________

14. You were very lazy. So you could not get the promotion.

A: ______________________________________________________________

15. He was very watchful. He avoided the accident.

A: ______________________________________________________________

16. My fees was not paid. So I was not allowed to write the examination.

A: ______________________________________________________________

17. He was very sincere. So he was rewarded.

191

Page 192: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A: ______________________________________________________________

18. It was raining. So the crops were not failed.

A: ______________________________________________________________

19. I was not there in time. So I was not selected.

A: ______________________________________________________________

20. She was very clever. She won the first rank.

A: ______________________________________________________________

Exercise: 231. Unless you read well, you can not get first prize.

A: ______________________________________________________________

2. Do it now or I will break your head.

A: ______________________________________________________________

3. The driver saw the signal. So, he stopped the bus.

A: ______________________________________________________________

4. You had better stop shouting a loud.

A: ______________________________________________________________

5. She was not my friend. So, I didn’t invite her to the party.

A: ______________________________________________________________

6. I think you have no money. So, you may not buy this book.

A: ______________________________________________________________

7. You were not loyal. So they didn’t trust you.

A: ______________________________________________________________

8. Buy a ticket, otherwise you can not travel by this bus.

A: ______________________________________________________________

9. She was very beautiful. They selected her Miss India.

A: ______________________________________________________________

10. You had better stop taking sugar.

A: ______________________________________________________________

11. I advise you to stop smoking.

A: ______________________________________________________________

12. I have no cycle. So, I cannot give you a lift.

A: ______________________________________________________________

13. There was no rain. So, the plants could not survive.

A: ______________________________________________________________

192

Page 193: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

14. You tried hard and won the game.

A: ______________________________________________________________

15. He didn’t pay the fee. So, he was not allowed to write the examination.

A: ______________________________________________________________

16. I have no enough time. So I cannot accept this job.

A: ______________________________________________________________

17. You have no patience. So, you may not be apt for this job.

A: ______________________________________________________________

18. He didn’t get the opportunity. So, he couldn’t prove his talent.

A: ______________________________________________________________

19. I advise you to stop making a noise.

A: ______________________________________________________________

20. I fed it well. It was healthy.

A: ______________________________________________________________

******

193

Page 194: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

13. SIMPLE, COMPOUND & COMPLEX

Simple Sentence:A Simple sentence is one, which has only one subject and one predicate.Ex: The cow gives us milk.

Honest man is trusted.To everyone’s surprise, he failed.

Compound Sentence:A sentence that has two or more subjects and two or more predicates is called a Compound sentence.Ex: Children went to the park and played there.

You can go home or stay back here.I went to Agra, saw the Taj and returned.

Complex Sentence:A sentence which has only one Main-clause and one or more Sub-ordinate clauses is called a Complex sentence.Ex: She will do, as she likes.

When I saw him, he was going.If you call me, I will come.

TRANSFORMATION OF SENTENCES

Simple x Compound

A Simple sentence can be converted into a Compound one by enlarging a word or a phrase into a co-ordinate clause.

Sim: The teacher punished the boy for his disobedience.Cmpd: The boy was disobedient and so the teacher punished him.

Sim: To avoid punishment, he ran away.Cmpd: He wanted to avoid the punishment and so he ran away.

Sim: Against the wishes of his family, he left school.Cmpd: He left the school and this was against the wishes of his family.

Simple x Complex:A Simple sentence can be converted to a Complex by expanding a word or a phrase into a sub-ordinate clause.

Sim: With your permission, I will go.Cmlx: If you permit me, I will go.

Sim: On being punished , she wept.Cmlx: When she was punished, she wept.

Sim: Everywhere I will follow you.Cmlx: Wherever you go, I will follow you.

194

Page 195: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Compound x Complex:A Compound sentence can be converted into a Complex by changing a co-ordinate clause into a sub-ordinate clause.

Cmpd: He saw the danger but pressed on.Cmlx: Though he saw the danger, he pressed on.

Cmpd: Resist the evil and he will flee from you.Cmlx: If you resist the evil, he evil flee from you.

Cmpd: He aimed at winning the prize and worked hard.Cmlx: He worked so hard so that he might win the prize.

Cmpd: Do as I tell you or I will break your head.Cmlx: Unless you do as I tell you, I will break your head.

Cmpd: You called me, so I am here.Cmlx: As you called me, I am here.

Simple Compound Complex

In spite of/ Despite But, Yet, Still Though / Although/Eventhough

Notwithstanding But / Yet Though / Although

Besides Not only - but also As well as

Soon after, immediately No sooner.. than As soon as

On + verb + ing And When

Being / Owing to / So / And so As / SinceOn account of

In case of not, Or IfIn the event of

Too …. To Very … and so So …. that

EXAMPLESIn spite of Though, Although But, Yet, Still.

Sim : In spite of his poverty, he is honest.Cmpn: He is poor, but he is honest.Cmlx: Though he is poor, he is honest.

195

Page 196: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Sim : In spite of his riches, he felt unhappy.Cmpn: He was rich, but he felt unhappy.Cmlx: Though he is rich, he felt unhappy.

Sim : In spite of my calling, he gave me no answer.Cmpn: I called him, but he gave me no answer.Cmlx: Although I called him, he gave me no answer.

Sim: Despite working hard, he failed.Cmpd: He worked hare, yet he failed.Cmlx: Though he worked hard, he failed.

Notwithstanding Though / Although But / Yet Sim: Nothwithstanding his hard work, he did not succeed.Cmpd: He worked hard, yet he did not succeed.Cmlx: Though he worked hard, he did not succeed.

Sim: Notwithstanding several efforts, he failed.Cmpd: He made several efforts, but he failed.Cmlx: Although he made several efforts, he failed.

Besides As well as Not only ….. but alsoSim: Besides robbing the child, he killed her.Cmpn: He not only robbed the child but also killed it.Colx: He robbed the child as well as as killed her.

Sim: Besides educated his nephew, he also set him up in business.Com: He educated his nephew as well as he set up him in business.Cmlx: He educated his nephew as well as set him up in business.

Immediately No sooner …. than As soon asSim: Immediately after hearing the news, he wrote to me.Cmpd: No sooner did he hear the news than he wrote to me.Cmlx: As soon as he heard the news, he wrote to me.

Sim: Immediately after seeing the tiger, they ran away.Cmpd: No sooner did they see the tiger than they ran away.Cmlx: As soon as they saw the tiger, they ran away.

Sim: Immediately after the peon ringing the bell, the boys rushed out.Cmpd: No sooner did the peon ring the bell than the boys rushed out.Cmlx: As soon as the peon rang the bell, the boys rushed away.

Sim: On seeing the giant, the people fled away immediately.Cmpd: No sooner did the people see the giant than they fled away.Cmlx: As soon as the people saw the giant, they ran away.

196

Page 197: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Verb + ing And When, asSim: Running at top speed, he got out of breath.Cmpd: he ran at top speed and got out of breath.Cmlx: When he ran at top speed, he got out of breath.

Sim: Finding himself in difficulty, he went to his friend for helpCmpd: He found himself in difficulty and went to his friend for help.Cmlx: When he finished his exercise, he put away his books.

Sim: Seeing the rain coming on, we took shelter under a tree.Cmpd: We saw the rain coming on and took shelter under a tree.Cmlx: When we saw the rain coming on, we took shelter under a tree.

Sim: Feeling cold he lit fire.Cmpd: He felt cold and lit fire.Cmlx: As he felt cold, he lit fire.(when he felt cold, he lit fire)

Sim: Feeling out of sorts, he went to bed.Cmpd: He felt out of sorts and went to bed.Cmlx: As he felt out of sorts, he went to bed.

Sim: On seeing a snake, he ran away. Cmpd: He saw the snake and ran away.Cmlx: When he saw the snake, he ran away.

Being / On account of / As / since And so / soOwing toSim: Being a cripple, he can not ride a horse.Cmpd: He is a cripple and so he can not ride a horse.Cmlx: As he is a cripple, he can not ride a horse.

Sim: Being poor, they often suffered great hardship.Cmpd: They were poor and so they often suffered great hardship.Cmlx: Since / as they were poor, they often suffered great hardship.

Sim: Being busy with his work, he did not go out.Cmpd: He was busy with his work and so he did not go out.Cmlx: As he was busy with his work, he did not go out.

Sim: Owing to drought, the crop is short.Cmpd: There is drought and so the crop is short.Cmlx: As there is drought, the crop is short.

Sim: Owing to his illness, he could not go to school.Cmpd: He was ill and therefore he could not go to school.Cmlx: As he was ill, he could not go to school.

197

Page 198: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Sim: Owing to his ill luck, he met with a bad accident.Cmpd: He was unlucky and therefore met with bad accident.Cmlx: As he was unlucky, he met with a bad accident.

Sim: On account of his negligence, he was suspended from the job.Cmpd: He was negligent and so he was suspended from the job.Cmlx: As he was negligent, he was suspended from the job.

Sim: On account of his hard work, he secured good marks.Cmpd: He worked hard and therefore he secured good marks.Cmlx: Since he worked hard, he secured good marks.

In the event of Or IfSim: In the event of such a thing happening, I should take long leave.Cmpd: Let such a thing happen, and then I should take along a leave.Cmlx: If such a thing happens, I would take a long leave.

Sim: In the event of its occurring again, you will be punished.Cmpd: This must not occur again, or you will be punished.Cmlx: If it occurs again, you will be punished.

Sim: In the case of not paying the bill, you will return the goods.Cmpd: You must pay the bill, or the goods will be returned.Cmlx: If you don’t pay the bill, the goods will be returned.

Too … to Very ….. and so So ….. thatSim: The tea is too hot to drink.Cmpd: The tea is very hot and so it cannot be drunk .Cmlx: The tea is so hot that it cannot be drunk.

Sim: The box is too heavy for us to lift.Cmpd: The box is very heavy and we cannot lift it.Cmlx: The box is so heavy that we cannot lift it.

Sim: He was too dull to understand.Cmpd: He was very dull and he couldnot understand.Cmlx: He was so dull that he couldnot understand.

198

Page 199: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise - 13.1

Model:I In spite of But Though / Although

1. In spite of his great strength, he was defeated.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

2. In spite of his repeated attempts, he failed.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

3. In spite of escaping several times, he was finally caught.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

4. In spite of the steamer going down, the crew were saved.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

5. In spite of being a mere boy, he offered to fight the giant.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

6. In spite trying hard, he did not succeed.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

7. In spite of her annoyance, she said nothing.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

8. In spite his many faults, he was good at heart.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

9. In spite of his popularity, he cannot be called a good poet.

199

Page 200: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

10. In spite of my continually inviting him, he never came.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

11. In spite of his poor health, he worked hard.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

12. In spite of his having failed twice, he tried again.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

13. In spite of the heat, they marched quickly.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

14. In spite of my requesting him, he punished me.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

15. In spite of my entreating him, he shot the dog dead.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Model – IINotwithstanding But / Yet Though / Although

1. Notwithstanding his serious attempts, she did not win.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

2. He intends to try again notwithstanding his repeated failures.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

3. Notwithstanding his sincere work, he was not rewarded.200

Page 201: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Besides Not only … but also As well as

1. Besides writing a letter, he posted.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

2. Besides making a promise, he kept it too.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

3. Besides being handsome, he is intelligent.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Besides pitying him, he relieved him.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

5. Besides not paying the bill, he did not return the goods.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

6. Besides men and women, children were also present.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

7. Besides a pen, I carried a pencil.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

8. Besides being a L.I.C agent, he is a chit manager.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

201

Page 202: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise – 13.2Model: III Immediately after No sooner … than A soon as

1. On seeing a scorpion, the girls shouted immediately.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

2. Immediately after taking the tickets, they rushed into to theatre.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

3. The peon rang the bell, all the boys ran out of classroom immediately.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Immediately after the arrival of the minister, everybody ran towards his car.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

5. On seeing a tiger, he started running immediately.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

6. Immediately after eating an ice cream, she drank a cool drink.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

V Being And so As (or) since

1. Being a mere boy, he could not stand the fight.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

2. It being a rainy day, they did not go out.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

202

Page 203: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

3. Being a good obedient boy, he worked exceedingly hard at school.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Being quite contended, he never gambled.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

203

Page 204: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

5. Being a conscientious man, he must have done his duty.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

6. Being a teacher, he inculcated the good habits in the students.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

7. Being unwilling to disappoint his friend, he granted his request.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

8. Being dissatisfied, he resigned his position.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

9. Being a king, he looked the welfare of the people.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

10. Being ill-treated by his master, he ran away.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

11. Being unable to help in any other way, I gave her some money.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

12. Being unable to get much, I accepted little.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

13. Being rich, he can buy a new car every year.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

14. Being a father, he looked after the child.

204

Page 205: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

15. Being a clever lad, he soon took good decision.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise – 13.3Model - IV Verb + ing And As / Since / When

1. His swords having broken, he was left defenseless.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

2. Taking of his hat, he jumped into the river.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

3. Sitting in this tower, the poet gazed at the sea.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Hearing their father’s footsteps, the children remained silence.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

5. Taking pity on the mouse, the magician turned it into a cat.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

6. Knowing no better, he used inaccurate language.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

7. Having made no provision for old age, he is very poor.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

205

Page 206: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

8. Failing prompt payment, the goods must be returned by you.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

9. Having overslept himself, he missed the train.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

10. Having read this book carefully, he could tell the story in his own words.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

11. Having hurt his ankle, Sachin will not be able to play today.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

12. Having no money with me, I could not give you anything.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

13. The plague breaking out in the town, the people moved out into the jungle.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

14. The ink having dried up, I could not write.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….Ans:

…………………………………………………………………………………….

206

Page 207: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

15. The horse rearing, the rider was thrown down.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

16. The piper advancing, the children followed.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

17. The referee having whistled, the game was started.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

18. Not liking the work, he began it unwillingly.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

19. The viceroy coming into the hall, everyone rose from his seat.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

20. His object becoming known, everyone tried to help him.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

21. My friend having arrived, we went for a walk.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

22. Seeing the cat, the dog jumped up.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

23. Slaying his brother, the prince became king.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

24. His friend having helped me, he is prospering.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

25. Hearing the footsteps of the teacher, the students kept silence.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

207

Page 208: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

In the event of Or If

1. In the event of your absence, you salary will be cut off.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

2. In case of not functioning well, this T.V. will be exchanged.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

3. In the event of his winning the battle, he will be crowned.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

4. In case of not doing well, you will be suspended from the duty.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

5. In the event of not carrying my orders, you will be punished.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Too … to Very …. and so So … that

1. It is too dark to see.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

2. It is too difficult to understand.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

3. The tree was too high to climb.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

4. It is too hot to handle.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

5. The glass is too hard to break.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

208

Page 209: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

6. He was too short to reach it.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

7. It is too expensive to buy.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

8. The grapes were too sour to eat.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

9. It is too cold to go out.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

10. The jamuns were too sweet to eat.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise: 24Change the given Simple sentences into Compound & Complex sentences.

1. She must weep to escape death.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

2. In the event of not being quiet, you will be punished.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

3. In case of not finishing the work in time, you will be punished.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

4. On arriving at the foot of hill, he blew his trumpet.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

5. Be good to be happy.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

6. To everyone’s surprise, the project failed completely.

A: ______________________________________________________________

209

Page 210: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

A: ______________________________________________________________

7. Besides being beautiful, she is clever.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

8. The problem was too difficult to solve.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

9. In the event of not producing the witness, the case will be dismissed.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

10. Immediately after receiving the telegram, he left in taxi.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

11. Besides scolding him, he beat him.

A: _____________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________ .

12. Having stolen a piece of cheese, the crow flew with it to a tree.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

13. In event of not coming, Syamala will send a letter.

A: _______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

14. Having lost his teeth,he could not hard food.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

15. In case of his not running away, they would have killed him.

A: ______________________________________________________________

A: ______________________________________________________________

210

Page 211: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Exercise : 25Simple, Compound & Complex: Change the given sentences as directed.

1. You must hurry, or you will miss the train. (Simple & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

2. As he felt cold, he lit a fire. (Simple & compound)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

3. No sooner did he see us than he disappeared. (Simple & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

4. He failed in is first attempt and never tried again. (Simple & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

5. Eat few suppers and you will need few medicines. (Simple & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

6. The boy was tired and then he went to bed. (Simple & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

7. We selected this bike after we had tried several times. (Simple & compound)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

8. Although he saw the danger, he pressed on. (Simple & compound)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

9. Although they fought valiantly, they were defeated. (Simple & compound)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

211

Page 212: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

10. He succeeded unexpectedly. (Compound & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

11. He was too dull to understand. (Compound & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

12. He was annoyed at being rebuked. (Compound & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

13. The tiger having fallen, he climbed down the tree. (Compound & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

14. He was too much excited to hear the reason. (Compound & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

15. Not only did his father give him the money, but his mother too.(simple & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

16. We must eat to live. (Compound & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

17. He found a rupee, and was delighted at his good luck. (Simple & complex)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

18. Rama went to school as soon as he finished his meal. (Simple & compound)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

212

Page 213: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

213

Page 214: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

19. As soon as heard the news, he wrote to me. (Simple & compound)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

20. He was so ill that he could not walk. (Simple & compound)

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise: 26Change the given Simple sentences into Compound and Complex

sentences.

1. In spite of its raining, he went out.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

2. Besides robbing the house, they killed the persons in it.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

3. To win first prize, he practiced a lot.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Owing to his illness, he couldn’t attend the examination.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

5. Being busy with my work, I didn’t attend your call.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

6. Notwithstanding my several requests, he suspended me from the job.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

214

Page 215: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

7. On account of his misbehaviour, he was warned severely.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

8. Having no result, your attempt can hardly be successful.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

9. The servant having brought a lamp, I began my homework.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

10. Finding himself weaker and weaker, he consulted a doctor.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

11. Having no money with me, I didn’t buy the tickets.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

12. He was praised for his genius.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

13. In his absence, I spoke to his brother.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

14. The situation is too hot to handle.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

15. In spite running to the station, he missed the train.

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ans:…………………………………………………………………………………….

* * *

215

Page 216: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

14. SPELLINGS

PRACTICE -1

Find out the wrongly spelt word and write it correctly in the space provided:

1. pregnant competant assistant lieuenant Ans:………….........

2. luggage storage cottage collage Ans:………….........

3. passion permission comparision television Ans:………….........

4. velocity generocity simplicity bicycle Ans:………….........

5. cyclone cynical cympathy electricity Ans:………….........

6. vernacular thermal general cermony Ans:………….........

7. collector character manager commandar Ans:………….........

8. opponent cement comment commitment Ans:………….........

9. statistics ecenomics accountancy nomadic Ans:………….........

10. auspicious autonomous aukward authentic Ans:………….........

11. accordence correspondence tendency dependence Ans:………….........

12. pretend erect abundance ambulance Ans:………….........

13. beginning bankrupt biscit circle Ans:………….........

14. valour behavoiur labour vapour Ans:………….........

15. diary dial dinamic toilet Ans:………….........

16. chiken cheque check stomach Ans:………….........

17. similar peculiar familiar bienniel Ans:………….........

18. plenary planetorium plateau platinum Ans:………….........

19. pollute particle prollogue prorogue Ans:………….........

20. diomond volcano vulgar volunteer Ans:………….........

21. triangle tier trist twist Ans:………….........

22. ocasion opaque oppression orphan Ans:………….........

216

Page 217: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

23. idiom idiot idia imbibe Ans:………….........

24. instill inings integral inquest Ans:………….........

25. regiment reluctent ransack rabbit Ans:………….........

PRACTICE -2

Find out the wrongly spelt word and write it correctly in the space provided:

1. buffalo giraffe coffee offence Ans:………….........

2. consumer operator quarter bartor Ans:………….........

3. access necessary account accidsnt Ans:………….........

4. compulsary treasury memory voluntary Ans:………….........

5. composition promotion notorious vorious Ans:………….........

6. territary supplementary notary lottery Ans:………….........

7. cinema enimy twinkle element Ans:………….........

8. millitary million dollar collar Ans:………….........

9. irritate irrigate mirror rror Ans:………….........

10. legislate megistrate rebuke retreat Ans:………….........

11. matriculation legislation registration elevation Ans:………….........

12. aggression aggriculture stubborn terror Ans:………….........

13. vacabulary vacation mathematics magician Ans:………….........

14. illistrate illiterate illegal illegitimate Ans:………….........

15. courage tourist stourage boulder Ans:………….........

16. register transister poster barrister Ans:………….........

17. seperate celebrate prostrate comrade Ans:………….........

18. poisonous enormous generous couragous Ans:………….........

19. primery mystery mastery history Ans:………….........

217

Page 218: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

20. temperary energy vertical sterling Ans:………….........

21. postponement transelation imagination perpetual Ans:………….......

22. elementary emergency exterior emerald Ans:………….......

23. nusance nutrient neurosis nephew Ans:………….......

24. conference concurrence confidence consider Ans:………….......

25. account accomplish accept across Ans:………….......

PRACTICE -3

Find out the wrongly spelt word and write it correctly in the space provided:

1. employer superviser provision saviour Ans:………….........

2. acquire recquire enquire acquit Ans:………….........

3. eminent dominant relevant reluctant Ans:………….........

4. appraisel repression approval suppression Ans:………….........

5. beginning developping stopping swimming Ans:………….........

6. consent decent rescent crescent Ans:………….........

7. religious curious mysterious numerious Ans:………….........

8. governer baker philosopher lawyer Ans:………….........

9. hammer grammer beggar beggar Ans:………….........

10. concive deceive reprieve relieve Ans:………….........

11. excellent expectant extravagant relevant Ans:………….........

12. generous monstrous incredulous precarous Ans:………….........

13. following narrowing warnning rippling Ans:………….........

14. appeeal pleasant disease indeed Ans:………….........

15. relieve deceive believe receive Ans:………….........

16. decesion noise toil position Ans:………….........

17. suggestion creation positive permition Ans:………….........

18. accept respect reject repeet Ans:………….........

19. successful plentyful sorrowful eventful Ans:………….........

20. engineer cashier auctionear pioneer Ans:………….........

21. instinctive apprehensive evative evasiv Ans:………….........

22. expresion comprehension provision pretension Ans:………….........

23. motorist economist comunist chemist Ans:………….........

24. appeal conceive relieve recieve Ans:………….........

25. emperer invader consumer designer Ans:………….........

218

Page 219: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

EXERCISE – 14.1

Find out the wrongly spelt word and write it correctly in the space provided:

1. message engage luggage prestage Ans:………….......

2. crucial social special usual Ans:………….......

3. exibit exit emit evil Ans:………….......

4. tournament government toleration usual Ans:………….......

5. confushion fashionable parachute shuttle Ans:………….......

6. examination extension expansion exalamation Ans:………….......

7. weight neighbour neighther eighty Ans:………….......

8. prayer lawyer withdrawyer blower Ans:………….......

9. describe inscribe decline incline Ans:………….......

10. appropriate passionate reciprocate approach Ans:………….......

11. sutable subordinate surrounding suppose Ans:………….......

12. singular sympathy signal silly Ans:………….......

13. fullstop safety paragrapf fearful Ans:………….......

14. agenda secretary territory machinery Ans:………….......

15. cinema imitation inclusion inhibition Ans:………….......

16. kerchief curtain mischief imbibe Ans:………….......

17. prolong proportionate propaganda global Ans:………….......

18. motion mention permition location Ans:………….......

19. varity clarity majority longevity Ans:………….......

20. extraordinarytremendous obvious glorious Ans:………….......

21. notation enormous blunder grinder Ans:………….......

22. immense practice recognize promise Ans:………….......

23. common commonder wonderful monster Ans:………….......

24. constable portable responsible possible Ans:………….......

25. preference appearance jurisprudence province Ans:………….......

26. leader servent messenger partner Ans:………….......

27. ornament decoration adornment lament Ans:………….......

28. urgency curtesy utter blunder Ans:………….......

29. freedom random kingdom madom Ans:………….......

30. harvest harmony honorary panorama Ans:………….......

219

Page 220: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

31. interupt internal external oral Ans:………….........

32. eradicate intermidiate corporate operate Ans:………….........

33. exist oust oxigen odd Ans:………….........

34. numerous number nullify nutral Ans:………….........

35. transfer torture torent triumph Ans:………….........

36. irregular irrepairable irrigation irreligious Ans:………….........

37. fraction papulation tabulation ample Ans:………….........

38. difference official refference conference Ans:………….........

39. rubber struugel oppose pressure Ans:………….........

40. announce annual dennial unknown Ans:………….........

41. arrest error election collection Ans:………….......

42. apology appropriate appointment dissappoint Ans:………….......

43. bacteria maleria bargain margine Ans:………….......

44. canteen routeen fourteen employee Ans:………….......

45. economics ecology evoke enimal Ans:………….......

46. condone condole condem console Ans:………….......

47. assistent agreement sentiment restaurant Ans:………….......

48. hesitate translate separate prepare Ans:………….......

49. arrogance experience audience reference Ans:………….......

50. laugh faught cause guard Ans:………….......

* * *

220

Page 221: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

15. PUNCTUATION

Punctuation derived from the Latin punctuation, a point means the right use of putting in points or stops in writing. The following are the principal stops:-

1. Full stop or period (.)2. Comma (,)3. Semicolon (;)4. Colon (:)5. Note of Interrogation (?)6. Note of Exclamation (!)

Other marks in common used are the dash _____l Parentheses ( ); Inverted comas or quotation marks “ ”.

I. Full stop (.) :The full stop represents the greatest pause and separation. It is used :-

1) to mark the end of a declarative sentencesHe is standing there.

2) to mark abbreviations and initials.M.A., M.L.A., A.B.ChariMr and Mrs. occur without a fullstop, as they have come to be regarded as the full spellings.

II. Comma :- (,) The comma represents the shortest pause, and is used :-

1) to separate a series of words in the same construction ; as, England, Italy, France formed an alliance.He lost lands, money, reputation and friends.A comma is generally not placed before the word proceeded by ‘and’

2) To separate each pair of words connected by and; aswe should be devout and humble, cheerful and science..High and low, rich and poor, wise and foolish, must all die.

3) After a Nominative Absolute,The wind being favourable, the squadron smiled.

4) To mark off a Noun or phrase in Apposition; as Milton, the great English poet was blind. Paul, the apostle, was beheaded in the reign of Nero.

5) To mart off two or more adverbs or adverbial phrases coming together as,the king, having defeated his enemies, returned to his country.

6) To mark off the nominative of address; as O king, I am humble servant.I tell you, madam, I have read it.

7) To separate words, phrases or clauses inserted into the body of a sentence; as she did not, however, succeed in the examination Health is, after all, the most important thing.

8) To avoid the repetition of a verb ; as Shanta is a sinhi ; Tara, a Bengali. Ali received a watch; Hari, a book.He was a Brahmin ; she, a Bajput.

9) To seperate shout co-ordinate clauses of a compound sentence; athe rains descended, and the floods came.I came, I saw, I conqured.

221

Page 222: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

10) To mark off a direct quotation from the rest of the sentence; asHe said to us, “Wait and watch”.“Exactly so,” said Alice.

11) To separate an Adverbial clause from its Principal clause; asWhen I was a bachelor , I lived by myself.

III. The Semicolon :-The semicolon represents a pause of greater importance than that shown by the comma. It is used :-

1) To seperate the clauses of compound sentence, when they contain a comma.He was a brave, large-hearted man; and we all honoured.

2) To separate a series of loosely related clauses, Her court was pure ; her life serence.God gave her peace; her land respond.

IV. Colon :-The colon marks a still more complete pause than that expressed by the semicolon. It is used (often with a dash after it) :-

1) To introduce a quotation; as ‘Shakespeare says :- “Sweet are the uses of adversity”.2) Before enumeration, as

The three great books are : the Ramayana, the Mahabharata and the Gita.The principal parts of a verb in English are : present tense, the past tense and the past participle.

V. The note of Interrogation is used, instead of the Full stop, after a direct question; as 1) Have you written your exercise ?2) But the note of Interrogation is not used after an indirect question.

VI. Note of Exclamation :-Note of exclamation is used after Interjections and after phrases and sentences expressing sudden emotion or wish ; as Alas 1 Oh dear !What a terrible fire this is !

VII. Inverted commas are used to enclose the exact words of a speaker, or a quotation ; as“I would rather die”, he exclaimed,“than join the oppresses of my country.”Single inverted comas (‘’) are used when a quotation is inserted within a quotation .eg:- raj said, “Rahul give me ‘the Macbeth”.

VIII. The Dash is used :-1) To indicate an abrupt stop or change of thought; as,

If my husband were alive - but why lament the part ?2) To resume a scattered subject, Friends, Companions, relatives - all deserted

him.

IX. The Hyphen - a shorter line than the Dash ( - ) is used to connect the parts of a compound word ; as, passes - by, man - of - war, jack - of - all.

222

Page 223: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. It should trades placed at the end of the Ist line & not in the beginning of the second. It is used to bifurcate a word in two lines eg - co - operate.

X. Parenthesis or double dashes are used to separate from the main part of the sentence a phrase or clause which does not romantically belong to it asthe gained from Heaven (it was all he wished) as friend.

XI. The Apostrophe is used :-1) To show the omission of a letter or letters ; as Don’t, e’er, I’ve, ‘97, Ma’m.2) To form the plural of letters and figures.3) For words which end with s we just put an apostrophe after the word but don’t add ‘s’.

eg:- Caesar’s cap, Brutus’scaff; cassuis hen .4) Add two 5’s and four 2’s show possession, after possessive nouns.

a) This is Geetha’s bookb) Father’s pen etc.

Note:- an apostrophe should not be placed after possessive pronoun like hers, his, ours, yours, its etc.

eg:- a) This pen is hers. b) that bag is ours.

XII. Capital letters :-1. To begin a sentence My name is Pranavi.2) To begin each fresh line of poetry.

Twinkle, Twinkle little starHow I wonder, what you are ?Up above the world so high.Like a diamond in the sky.

3) To begin all proper nouns and Adjectives derived from them ; as,Delhi, Rama, Africa, African, Shakespeare, Shakespearian.

4) For all nouns and pronouns which indicate the Diety; asThe Lord, He is the God.

5) To write the pronoun I and the interjection O.6) To begin a direct speech.eg:- ‘You are late’ said the teacher, “I know you will be fined”.7) To begin names of months, days, seasons, titles of books, names of places of particular

things, public institutions etc.8) To begin the names of important historical events.

eg:- the reformation, the great war.

Insert commas, where necessary :1. Take it from me he is a Scotsman.2. Laughing talking playing & singing we reached the canal.3. A french man Monsieur duporit is learning English.4. To make a long story short the weary traveller reached home tired thirsty hungry but

safe.5. Before I saw you I had spoken to him.Punctuate1. When i m dead my dearest sing no ad songs for me.2. Quick quick cried he let us run away or he will catch us.

223

Page 224: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. Naine and chiruhas have two types ainas is a doll & children is a car nainas doll is beautiful its hair is long eyes and blue & fingers are round chiruhas car is red its a long car its wheels move smoothly. Once chiruhas said aina please give me your doll then naine said never give it to you. You play with yours chiruhas blood boiled & he broke the toy of hers she inturn distarted his.

EXERCISE – 15.1

Rewrite the following sentences using punctuation marks:

1. john said i am in hurry and can’t spare time

2. she said hari looks terrible is he ill

3. large crowds gathered outside the red fort to see queen Elizabeth

4. india celebrates independence day on 15th august every year

5. the statue of liberty was presented to the united states of america by the people of

france

6. i am sorry i interrupted you replied the judge please do go with your explanation of

the error

7. oh tom tom his mother would cry what is to become of you i really don’t know

8. on tuesday the prime minister of afghanistan reaches india

9. on christmas day uncle george gave smith a ten – shilling note

10. pathik was furious he cried if you don’t get down this minute i’ll thrash you

11 The teacher cried out angrily what are you doing Manjula.

224

Page 225: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

12. Please forgive the king the spirits of the forest said to the god.

13. Oh I wish I had been to Delhi for the Asaid he murmured.

14. They would bark at somebody else he said I have a way with dogs.

15. When I said in six months at the least he said.

EXERCISE – 15.2

Punctuate uhe following sentences ;

1. What is that father asked Miranda in wonder

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………..

2. Trees help to support mans life by supplying the atmosphere with oxygen which is .

essential for life.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. Give me the slate father he said I will find it out.

Ans :…………………………………………………………………………..

4. Spencer the great English poet lived in the time of queen elizabeth.

Ans …………………………………………………………………………..

5. Where there is a will there is away.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………..

6. I am going to Germany on the first of April this year.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………..

7. On new years day we went on a picnic to golconda.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………..

8. Hello he said when did you get here.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………..

9. He told me however that he was going away soon.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………..

10. His mother who is in Bombay is ill.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………..

11. Now it’s my turn to ride I said ride he said.

Ans: ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

225

Page 226: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

12. Let me put on some clothes I said all right he said but hurry.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

13. Come quick dear papa the little boy said

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

14. I’ll die if I don’t tell someone he said my stomach is swelling with the secret

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

15. Well don’t just stand there said the king impatiently do something to cover them up

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

EXERCISE - 27

Use commas, full stops/exclamatory marks/question marks/quotation marks wherever necessary, and rewrite the sentences in the space provided:

1. Where are you coming from asked Mohan.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. Glad to meet you I said shaking hands with him.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. Believe me I know it I told him.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. Did you take the name Agnes from her I asked.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Mother tell me about yourself why you became a nun I asked her again.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

6. He said I haven’t seen rice for many weeks let me look at it.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. This is all I can afford he said.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

226

Page 227: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

8. I have an understanding with a horse my cousin Mourad said.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

9. I walked ten miles to get here John Byro said.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

10. She simply said I couldn’t be mistaken sir.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

11. The funeral Mrs Bates jumped what funeral.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

12. The baby is dead she cired.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

13. Were you waiting for me Schwamm asked.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

14. I am very sorry Schwamm he said sitting up in bed.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

15. The other said you are taking the Kurzbach train are you.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

EXERCISE - 28

1. What a freezing cold she said shivering.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. Well done my boy she said.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. I said do you want anything else.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. How gracefully she dances the teacher said admiringly.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

227

Page 228: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

5. Alas what shall I do now the old woman cried.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

6. Isn’t it grand of me she said to me.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. You cannot leave so early my teacher said

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

8. Good morning sons of my friends the farmer said.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

9. Aren’t we late for school I said to my class – mate.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

10. Stop show your driving licence the traffic constable shouted.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

11. Why don’t you come early today mother asked me.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

12. I’m Prabhu from Utnoor I said.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

13. What a pleasant evening shall we go for a walk said Ravi to his friends.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

14. Do your duty the Gita says don’t worry about the results of your actions.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

15. Pushpalatha said I will see you tomorrow I am not free tomorrow I said to her.

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

******

228

Page 229: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

16. CORRECTION OF ERRORS

1. We received no informations. (Incorrect)We received no information. (Correct)

2. Where are my luggages? (Incorrect)Where is my luggage? (Correct)Comment: Some nouns are used only as singular. They have no plural forms.

Ex: Alphabet, luggage, furniture, paper, news, poetry, machinery, bread, soap, advice, scenery etc.

3. Mathematics are his favourite subject. (Incorrect)Mathematics is his favourite subject. (Correct)

4. Measles have broken out in our area. (Incorrect)Measles has broken in our area. (Correct)Comment: Some nouns are plural in form but they are used as singular.Ex: a) Games & sports: Billiards, gymnastics etc.

b) Diseases: Mumps, measles etc.c) Branches of learning: Linguistics, Economics, Physics, Statistics,

Mathematics, Politics etc.5. His spectacles is new. (Incorrect)

His spectacles are new. (Correct)

6. My friend bought shoe yesterday.My friend bought shoes yesterday. (Correct)Comment: Some nouns are used only as plural. They have no singular forms.Ex: Shoes, shorts, scissors, spectacles, savings, thanks, trousers, tongs, alms, assets, binoculars, liabilities, riches etc.

7. She bought five dozens apples. (Incorrect)She bought five dozen apples. (Correct)Comment: Words dozen, score, hundred, thousand, lakh, million, etc. do not take plural when preceded by a numeral.

8. I have two brother-in-laws. (Incorrect)I have two-brothers-in law. (Correct)Comment: Plurals of Compound nouns are formed by adding ‘S’ to the main word.

Father-in-law ---- Fathers-in-lawSister-in-law ---- Sisters-in-lawPasser-by ---- Passers-byCommander-in-chief----- Commanders-in-chief

9. The conductor said that there was no place in the compartment. (Incorrect)The conductor said that there was no room in the compartment.

229

Page 230: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Comment: In this context, the proper word is room. It is used to convey the meaning ‘space to occupy’.

10. Jyothi is cousin sister. (Incorrect)Jyothi is my cousin. (Correct)

11. He is my cousin brother. (Incorrect)He is my cousin. (Correct)Comment: Do not add brother or sister to the word cousin.

12. Gopal is running sixteen. (Incorrect)Gopal is sixteen. (Correct)Comment: ‘Running’ is not used with age.

13. There are twenty females in the class. (Incorrect)There are twenty women in the class. (Correct)

14. Two hundred males attended the meeting. (Incorrect)Two hundred men attended the meting. (Correct)Comment: Men and female are used as nouns but not as adjectives.

15. This is my friend’s Sarath’s car. (Incorrect)This is my friend Sarath’s car. (Correct)Comment: When two nouns are in apposition ‘S’ is added to the second noun.

16. That book is your’s, not mine. (Incorrect)That book is yours, not mine. (Correct)Comment: Apostrophe ‘s is not used to pronouns.

17. I and Gopal went to the exhibition. (Incorrect)Gopal and I went to the exhibition. (Correct)

18. Both he and you must attend the function. (Incorrect)Both you and he must attend the function. (Correct)

19. Rani invited you and me to dinner. (Incorrect)Rani invited you and me to dinner. (Correct)Comment: The first person comes last.The second person is placed third.(II, III &I)

20. Every player must bring their bat. (Incorrect)Every player must bring his bat. (Correct)

21. One must love his parents. (Incorrect)One must love one’s parents. (Correct)Comment: A pronoun must agree with its antecedent.

22. They who have not brought their books should stand up. (Incorrect)Those who have not brought their books should stand up. (Correct)

230

Page 231: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Comment: ‘They’ must not be used as an antecedent to ‘who’ or ‘that’. ‘Those’ is used.

23. The boys enjoyed during the holidays. (Incorrect)The boys enjoyed themselves during the holidays. (Correct)

They availed the opportunity. (Incorrect)They availed themselves the opportunity. (Correct)Comment: The verbs ‘enjoy’ and ‘avail’ take a Reflexive pronoun if there is no other object.

24. Sarala is more taller than her sister. (Incorrect)Sarala is taller than her sister. (Correct)

25. He is more younger than I. (Incorrect)He is younger than I. (Correct)

26. Mount Everest is the most highest peak in the world. (Incorrect)Mount Everest is the highest peak in the world. (Correct)Comment: Double Comparative or double Superlative should not be used.

7. It is the most unique work. (Incorrect)It is a unique work. (Correct)Comment: Some adjectives have no Degrees of Comparison.(Round, perfect, unique, eternal etc.)

28. Gopal is the cleverest of the two brothers. (Incorrect)Gopal is cleverer of the two brothers. (Correct)Comment: The Superlative Degree is not used when two persons are two things are compared, then comparative Degree is used.

29. The population of Chennai is greater than Hyderabad. (Incorrect)The population of Chennai is greater than that of Hyderabad. (Correct)Comment: Here the Comparison is between the population.

30. Raju went to America for farther studies. (Incorrect)Raju went to America for further studies. (Correct)

31. Let us not walk any further. (Incorrect)Let us not walk for any farher. (Correct)Comment: ‘Further’ refers to something additional and ‘farther’ refers to distance.

32. Have you heard the last news? (Incorrect)Have you heard the latest news. (Correct)

33. The umpire is the latest person to leave the ground. (Incorrect)The umpire is the last person to leave the ground. (Correct)Comment: ‘latest’ denotes time and ‘last’ denotes position or order.

231

Page 232: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

34. Her older brother is an engineer. (Incorrect)Her elder brother is an engineer. (Correct)

35. Neetu is elder than Geeta. (Incorrect)Neetu is older than Geeta. (Correct)Comment: ‘Eldest & elder’ are used to refer to one’s family relations. ‘Older & oldest’ refer to persons and things denote age.

36. They do not sell fewer than ten bags of rice. (Incorrect)They do not sell less than ten bags of rice. (Correct)Comment: ‘less’ refers to quantity and ‘fewer’ to number.

37. We were present on both days. (Incorrect)We were present on both the days. (Correct)Comment: When ‘both’ is used as an adjective, it should be followed by ‘the’.

38. Frank is an European. (Incorrect)Frank is a European. (Correct)

39. It is an one-rupee note. (Incorrect)It is a one-rupee note. (Correct)Comment: ‘A’is used before words beginning with a consonant sound. The words university, unit, uniform, union, European etc. (Before ‘U’ prolonged sounds)

40. He is a honest man. (Incorrect)He is an Honest man. (Correct)Comment: ‘An’ is used before words beginning with a vowel sound. The words honest, heir, honour, hour etc. with a vowel sound. (‘H’ silent words)

41. Vijayawada is on Krishna. (Incorrect)Vijayawada is on the Krishna. (Correct)

42. She reads Mahabaratha. (Incorrect)She reads the Mahabaratha. (Correct)Comment: ‘The ‘ is used before the names of rivers, seas, oceans and holy books.

43. My uncle lives in United Kingdom. (Incorrect)My uncle lives in the United Kingdom. (Correct)

44. The culprit was sent to Andamans. (Incorrect)The culprit was sent to the Andamans. (Correct)Comment: ‘The’ is used before the names of groups of islands and descriptive names of countries.

45. The higher you climb colder it gets. (Incorrect)The higher you climb the colder it gets. (Correct)

232

Page 233: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Comment: ‘The’ is used as an Adverb before comparatives.

233

Page 234: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

46. The iron is a useful metal. (Incorrect)Iron is a useful metal. (Correct)

47. TheDelhi is the capital of India. (Incorrect)Delhi is the capital of India. (Correct)

48. The honesty is the best policy. (Incorrect)Honesty is the best policy. (Correct)Comment: No article is used before Material, Proper and Abstract nouns.

49. The man is mortal. (Incorrect)Man is mortal. (Correct)Comment: Article is not used before ‘man’ used in wider sense.

50. What kind of a man is he? (Incorrect)What kind of man is he? (Correct)Comment: Article is not used before the noun following ‘kind of’.

51. Mary goes to the church daily. (Incorrect)Mary goes to church daily. (Correct)Comment: No article is used before places visited for primary purpose: School, college, church, market, bed etc.

52. The secretary and the correspondent is in the office. (Incorrect)The secretary and the correspondent are in the office. (Correct)Comment: When two nouns refer to different persons, ‘the’ is used before both noun, if they refer to the same person, ‘the’ is used for the first person only.

53. She is taking milk daily. (Incorrect)She takes milk daily. (Correct)Comment: Simple Present is used to express a habit.

54. They working here since 1990. (Incorrect)They have been working here since 1990. (Correct)

55. He lives in Tenali for many years. (Incorrect)He has been living in Tenali for many years. (Correct)Comment: The Present Perfect and Present perfect Continuous are used with ‘for’ and ‘since’.

56. The apple is tasting sweet. (Incorrect)The apple tastes sweet. (Correct)

57. I am having a problem. (Incorrect)I have a problem. (Correct)

234

Page 235: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

58. This book is belonging to me. (Incorrect)This book belongs to me. (Correct)Comment: Some verbs are not used in the continuous tense.Ex: Taste, smell, hear, feel, love, hate, have, own, possess, belong etc.

59. They have left for Chennai yesterday. (Incorrect)They left for Chennai yesterday. (Correct)Comment: Simple Past is used with words and phrases of past time: Ago, then, at that time, yesterday, last week, last month, last year.

60. It is time they start. (Incorrect)It is time they started. (Correct)Comment: past tense is used after. It is time’.

61. I shall inform you when my father will arrive here. (Incorrect)I shall inform you when my father arrives here. (Correct)

62. Your father will punish you if you will misbehave again. (Incorrect)Your father will punish you if you misbehave again. (Correct)Comment: In clauses of time and condition, the Simple Present is used for a future action.

63. If I went to Chennai, I would have brought you the book. (Incorrect)If I went to Chennai, I would brought the book. (Correct)Comment: If the verb in the If-clause is in the Past tense the verb in the main-clause must be in the perfect conditional clause.

64. If I had known your arrival, I would meet you. (Incorrect)If I had known your arrival, I would have met you. (Correct)Comment: If the verb in the If-clause is in the Past Perfect tense, the verb in the main-clause must be in the perfect conditional tense.

65. He was late and so he is scolded by the teacher. (Incorrect)He was late and so he was scolded by the teacher. (Correct)

66. She said that she is going to Chennai. (Incorrect)She said that she was going to Chennai. (Correct)Comment: If the verb in the Min-clause is in the past tense, the verb in the Sub-ordinate clause must also be in the past tense.

67. Let them lay there. (Incorrect)Let them lie there. (Correct)Comment: ‘Lay’ means to place there.

‘Lie’ means to be in a resting position.(Lay – laid – laid)(Lie _ lay _ lain)

68. The criminal was hung two days ago. (Incorrect)The criminal was hanged two days ago. (Correct)

235

Page 236: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Comment: ‘Hanged’ means death punishment. (Hang – hanged – hanged)‘Hung’ means show publicly. (Hang – hung – hung)Ex: The pictures were hung in her room.

69. I avoid to speak to her. (Incorrect)I avoid speaking her. (Correct)

70. We can not help to listen her. (Incorrect)We can not help listening her. (Correct)Comment: Plain infinitive is used after certain verb: Avoid, imagine, enjoy, finish, miss, practice, can’t bear, can’t stand, with a view to, look forward etc.

71. He wants that I should do it. (Incorrect)He wants me to do it. (Correct)

72. They ordered me wait. (Incorrect)They ordered me to wait. (Correct)Comment: Plain infinitive is used after certain verbs: Allow, command, request, wish, want, permit, encourage forbid etc.

73. I let the boy to go. (Incorrect)I let the boy go. (Correct)Comment: Plain infinitive is used after verbs: Make, let, suggest, bid etc.

74. When she will solve the problem? (Incorrect)When will she solve the problem? (Correct)Comment: In Interrogative sentences the verb is placed before the subject.

75. He went to market, is he? (Incorrect)He went to market, didn’t he? (Correct)

76. They have lost the way, isn’t he? (Incorrect)They have lost the way, haven’t they? (Correct)Comment: A tag question contains a verb and a pronoun. An affirmative statement takes a negative tag. A negative statement takes an affirmative tag.

77. Being it a hot day, the old man did not go out. (Incorrect)It being a hot day, the old man did not go out. (Correct)Comment: The phrase ‘being a hot day’ is left unrelated. It has no subject. The subject of the main-clause is different. So it must have its own subject.

78. He is not superior than you. (Incorrect)He is not superior to you. (Correct)Comment: ‘To’ is used after superior, inferior, inferior, senior, junior elder.

79. He is awaiting for you. (Incorrect)He is awaiting you. (Correct)Comment: Preposition is not used after ‘await’.

236

Page 237: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

80. I ordered for coffee. (Incorrect)I ordered coffee. (Correct)

81. John married with Mary in the church. (Incorrect)John married Mary in the church. (Correct)

82. We are discussing about the subject. (Incorrect)We are discussing the subject. (Correct)Comment: Preposition is not used before some verbs: Order, describe, discuss, marry, meet, attend, tell etc.

83. They entered into the room. (Incorrect)They entered the room. (Correct)Comment: preposition is not used after ‘enter’ in the sense of ‘go’ into.

84. We consider him as a great leader. (Incorrect)We consider him great leader. (Correct)Comment: ‘As’ is not used after the following verbs in the pattern.Call, consider, elect, select, name etc.,

85. He sat besides me. (Incorrect)He sat beside me. (Correct)Comment: ‘Beside’ means by the side of. ‘Besides’ means in addition to’.

86. They will return in this month. (Incorrect)They will return this month. (Correct)Comment: Time expressions beginning with ‘this, that, next, last’ are used without a preposition.

87. The boy goes to college by walk. (Incorrect)The boy goes to college on foot. (Correct)Comment: We go by bus, by train, by air or on foot.

88. Sarala is suffering with fever. (Incorrect)Sarala is suffering from fever. (Correct)

89. They stared to Kurnool. (Incorrect)They started for Kurnool. (Correct)

90. We got down the bus. (Incorrect)We got down from the bus. (Correct)

91. Adams is good in English. (Incorrect)Adams is good at English. (Correct)

92. I agree with your proposal. (Incorrect)I agree to your proposal. (Correct)

93. They agree to me. (Incorrect)They agree with me. (Correct)Comment: Agree with a person, agree to a thing.

237

Page 238: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

94. Gopal is angry on his brother. (Incorrect)Gopal is angry with his brother. (Correct)

95. I am angry with her behaviour. (Incorrect)I am angry at her behaviour. (Correct)Comment: Angry with a person, angry at a thing.

96. She gave a speech. (Incorrect)She made a speech. (Correct)

97. The chief guest made an interesting lecture. (Incorrect)The chief guest gave an interesting lecture. (Correct)Comment: Make a speech; give a lecture.

98. The thief ran away lest he will be caught. (Incorrect)The thief ran away lest he should be caught. (Correct)

99. Though I advised him but he continued to misbehave. (Incorrect)Though I advised him, he continued to misbehave. (Correct)

100. This book will not only be liked men but also by women. (Incorrect)This book will be liked not only by men but also by women. (Correct)

FURTHER EXAMPLESReferring to Nouns:1. He doesn’t have a beautiful furniture in his house. (Incorrect)

He doesn’t have any beautiful furniture in his house. (Correct)Comment: Furniture, news, luggage, etc. are uncountable nouns. Indefinite article is not used before them. Singular verb is used after them.

2. The news are interesting today. (Incorrect)The news is interesting today. (Correct)

3. This premises appears to be attractive. (Incorrect)This premises appear to be attractive. (Correct)

4. The measles have broken in this area. (Incorrect)The measles has broken in this area. (Correct)Comment: The word ‘premises’ is plural.

5. The old is generally wiser than the young. (Incorrect)The old are generally wiser than the young. (Correct)Comment: ‘The old man’ is generally singular; but when the noun after the adjective in the Positive degree is preceded by the Definite Article ‘the’, then it is treated as a plural.

6. The committee are decided upon this matter. (Incorrect)The committee is decided upon this matter. (Correct)

238

Page 239: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Comment: When it is referred to singular body, it is singular; when it refers to the different members, we use the plural.

7. Daughter-in-laws now-a-days have no love for mother-in-laws. (Incorrect)Daughters-in-law now-a-days have no love for mothers-in-law. (Correct)

8. My room’s number is at the front-door’s side. (Incorrect)The number of my room is at the side of the front door. (Correct)Comment: As ‘room’ and ‘door’ are lifeless things, they form the Possessive with the help of the preposition ‘of’.

9. Our ancestors worshipped the nature. (Incorrect)Our ancestors worshipped nature. (Correct)Comment: Nature is uncountable noun.

10. The scissors is broken. (Incorrect)The scissors are broken. (Correct)

11. Swift’s Gulliver’s travels are very interesting. (Incorrect)Swift’s Gulliver’s travels is very interesting. (Correct)Comment: It is the name of a book, which is singular.

ON PRONOUNS:12. They who go by train can go now. (Incorrect)

Those who go by train can go now. (Correct)

13. This is the instrument that told you. (Incorrect)This is the instrument that I told you of. (Correct)

14. He was the best singer who I ever loved. (Incorrect)He was the best singer whom I ever loved. (Correct)

15. That is the girl whom we all agree is beautiful. (Incorrect)That is the girl who we all agree is beautiful. (Correct)Comment: ‘Whom’ can be used when it is the object of its clause.

16. Reddy and myself will come. (Incorrect)Reddy and I will come. (Correct)Comment: Reflexive pronoun by itself can not be the object of a verb.

17. None of these students are here. (Incorrect)None of these students is here. (Correct)

18. She and her four sisters love each other very much. (Incorrect)She and her four sisters love one another very much. (Correct)Comment: ‘Each other’ for two, and ‘One another for more than two.

239

Page 240: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

19. Please give me any of your two pencils. (Incorrect)Please give me either of your two pencils. (Correct)Comment: None, any – for more than two; either, neither - with two persons or things.

ON ADJECTIVES & ARTICLES:20. He has saved carefully and has little money. (Incorrect)

He has saved carefully and has a little money. (Correct)Comment: ‘Little & few’ give negative meaning; ‘ A little & a fewer’ refer to a small quantity and a small number.

21. A man is mortal. (Incorrect)Man is mortal. (Correct)Comment: No article is used before a Common Noun in its wider range.

22. A common sense is a great virtue. (Incorrect)Common sense is a great virtue. (Correct)Comment: No article before Abstract noun.

23. Ramayana describes the beauty of Ganges. (Incorrect)The Ramayana describes the beauty of the Ganges. (Correct)

24. The Everest is the highest peak in the world. (Incorrect)Everest is the highest peak in the world. (Correct)Comment: No article before the names of single mountains. Definite article should be used before adjectives in the Superlative Degree.

25. Peter is an European. (Incorrect)Peter is a European. (Correct)

26. He is the older of the two brothers. (Incorrect)He is the elder of the two brothers. (Correct)Comment: Elder and eldest are used only for family members.

27. This short story is the best of the two. (Incorrect)This short story is better of the two. (Correct)Comment: No Superlative is used when the comparison is between two persons or two things.

ON VERBS & TENSES:

28. I have visited the Taj last April. (Incorrect)I visited the Taj last April. (Correct)Comment: Simple Past is used when the time is mentioned.

29. The sun rose in the east. (Incorrect)The sun rises in the east. (Correct)Comment: Simple present is used for universal truths.

240

Page 241: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

30. I am suffering from fever since Monday. (Incorrect)I have been suffering from fever since Monday. (Correct)Comment: Use the Present Perfect Continuous and no the Present Continuous with ‘since’ when referring to an action that begins in the past and continues up to the present second.

31. The hungry man finished his dinner now. (Incorrect)The hungry man has finished his dinner now. (Correct)

32. She will come when she will be ready. (Incorrect)She will come when she is ready. (Correct)Comment: Future tense is not used after Temporial Conjunctions like until, before, after etc.

33. Will I give you a cup of tea? (Incorrect)Shall I give you a cup of tea? (Correct)Comment: We don’t use ‘will’ for questions in the first person.

ON ADVERBS:34. He works hardly. (Incorrect)

He works hard. (Correct)Comment: ‘Hardly’ means ‘not any’.

35. It is so hot to go out now. (Incorrect)It is too hot to go out now. (Correct)Comment: The usage ‘ So ….. that …. not’ or ‘to …. to’ is correct.

36. The boy sat alonely. (Incorrect)The boy sat lonely. (Correct)

37. He comes late often to school. (Incorrect)He often comes late to school. (Correct)

38. He only married her for her money. (Incorrect)He married her only for her money. (Correct)

39. Your hair needs cutting badly. (Incorrect)Your hair badly needs cutting. (Correct)

40. He passed away his examination. (Incorrect)He passed his examination. (Correct)

ON PREPOSITIONS:

41. He was born in Mettupalyem at Andhra. (Incorrect)He was born at Mettupalyem in Andhra. (Correct)Comment: ‘At’ is used before villages and small towns; ‘in’ is used before big towns and countries.

241

Page 242: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

42. She is fond at tea. (Incorrect)She is fond of tea. (Correct)Comment: Fond is followed by ‘of’.

43. I have not slept from Sunday. (Incorrect)I have not slept since Sunday. (Correct)Comment: ‘Since’ is used to denote point of time.

44. I slept to 9 A.M. (Incorrect)I slept till 9 A.M (Correct)

45. Gandhiji was born in 2 October, 1869 in Porbandar. (Incorrect)Gandhiji was born on 2 October at Porbandar. (Correct)

.46. Recently, many people died with plague. (Incorrect)

Recently, many people died of plague. (Correct)

47. The interview will be held between 10 to 11 A.M. (Incorrect)The interview will be held between 10 and 11 A..M. (Correct)

(Or)The interview will be held from 10 to 11 A.M. (Correct)

48. His poetry is remarkable with its nature description. (Incorrect)His poetry is remarkable for its nature description. (Correct)

ON CONJUNCTIONS:49. The guests could either take coffee or tea. (Incorrect)

The guests could take either coffee ot tea. (Correct)

50. He is neither a teacher in theory nor in practice. (Incorrect)He is teacher in neither in theory nor in practice. (Correct)

51. Whether it rains, I will not come. (Incorrect)If it rains, I will not come. (Correct)

52. No sooner did the tiger appear, soon he shot it dead. (Incorrect)No sooner did the tiger appear than he shot it dead.

53. Scarcely had I reached the station, than the train left. (Incorrect)Scarcely had I reached the station when the train left. (Correct)

54. It looks like it might rain. (Incorrect)It looks as if it might rain. (Correct)

55. He asked me what was my name. (Incorrect)He asked me what my name was. (Correct)

56. Take care lest you do not fail. (Incorrect)Take care lest you should fail. (Correct)

242

Page 243: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

MISCELLANEOUS57. We had better to go. (Incorrect)

We had better go. (Correct)

58. Sleeping in the garden, a snake bit him. (Incorrect)Sleeping in the garden, he was bit by a snake. (Correct)

59. The climate of India is better than Africa. (Incorrect)The climate of India is better than that of Africa. (Correct)

60. To forgiving is divine. (Incorrect)To forgive is divine. (Correct)

61. As a husband, your duty is supporting her. (Incorrect)As a husband, your duty is to support her. (Correct)

62. I want to really understand his motives. (Incorrect)I really want to understand his motives. (Correct)

63. She is thinking to visit Tirupathi. (Incorrect)She is thinking of visiting Tirupathi. (Correct)

64. Dr. Reddy shall be back in August. (Incorrect)Dr. Reddy will be back in August. (Correct)Comment: ‘Will’ expresses Simple Future.

65. Should you like a cup of coffee? (Incorrect)Would you like a cup of coffee? (Correct)

EXERCISE – 16.1Rewrite the following sentences making necessary corrections.

1. The honesty is the best policy.

A: ______________________________________________________________

2. The scissors belongs to me.

A: ______________________________________________________________

3. Where is my spectacles?

A: ______________________________________________________________

4. I entered the train in Vizag.

A: ______________________________________________________________

5. Who you are?

A: ______________________________________________________________

6. Kalidasa is Shakespeare of India.

A: ______________________________________________________________

243

Page 244: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

7. An iron is a useful metal.

A: ______________________________________________________________

8. Either Gopal or his brother have done their work.

A: ______________________________________________________________

9. You are taller than me.

A: ______________________________________________________________

10. Each of these boys were given ten rupees.

A: ______________________________________________________________

11. My father what is a schoolmaster is 50 years old.

A: ______________________________________________________________

12. I am senior than you.

A: ______________________________________________________________

13. She gave me hundred rupees.

A: ______________________________________________________________

14. His both sisters are beautiful.

A: ______________________________________________________________

15. Her all ornaments were stolen.

A: ______________________________________________________________

16. Hercules was the most strongest man.

A: ______________________________________________________________

17. We should not make noise.

A: ______________________________________________________________

18. She take medicines every night.

A: ______________________________________________________________

19. My uncle has known me during all my life.

A: ______________________________________________________________

20. it is nothing else than pride.

A: ______________________________________________________________

21. The king with all his ministers were killed.

A: ______________________________________________________________

22. Before I visited him, he went away.

A: ______________________________________________________________

23. Each of us did not have an umbrella.

A: ______________________________________________________________

244

Page 245: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

24. Please keep here it.

A: ______________________________________________________________

25. She is ugly to attract anybody.

A: ______________________________________________________________

26. Though he worked hardly, he failed.

A: ______________________________________________________________

27. He called me as a fool.

A: ______________________________________________________________

28. The ship was drowned.

A: ______________________________________________________________

29. I am not a fool, is it?

A: ______________________________________________________________

30. I doubt that he will succeed.

A: ______________________________________________________________

EXERCISE – 16.2Rewrite the following sentences making necessary corrections.

1. What you are saying?

A: ______________________________________________________________

2. Where she goes every night?

A: ______________________________________________________________

3. He is going for a walk every morning.

A: ______________________________________________________________

4. Man was mortal.

A: ______________________________________________________________

5. Fortune will favour the brave.

A: ______________________________________________________________

6. Please call me when the dinner was ready.

A: ______________________________________________________________

7. We had lived there for 10 years.

A: ______________________________________________________________

8. I wish I am rich.

A: ______________________________________________________________

9. He said that he suffering from fever.

A: ______________________________________________________________245

Page 246: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

10. America discovered by Columbus.

A: ______________________________________________________________

11. Has you ever seen the Taj Mahal.

A: ______________________________________________________________

12. He does not go to college yesterday.

A: ______________________________________________________________

13. He will tell you if he knew it.

A: ______________________________________________________________

14. If you asked me, I would have given the book to you.

A: ______________________________________________________________

15. One of my best friends are in Delhi.

A: ______________________________________________________________

16. Rickets are easy to cure.

A: ______________________________________________________________

17. A song is singing by Saritha.

A: ______________________________________________________________

18. He said that they are in the playground.

A: ______________________________________________________________

19. Smitha bought five dozens oranges.

A: ______________________________________________________________

20. Thank you for the invitation for you wedding.

A: ______________________________________________________________

21. It is my friend’s Nitin’s pen.

A: ______________________________________________________________

22. I and you have gone to cinema.

A: ______________________________________________________________

23. One must bring their pencils.

A: ______________________________________________________________

24. It was fine autumn day.

A: ______________________________________________________________

25. Balu has gone to Australia for farther studies.

A: ______________________________________________________________

26. Banerjee is a honest man.

A: ______________________________________________________________

246

Page 247: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

27. My uncle lives in United Kingdom.

A: ______________________________________________________________

28. The more you give, more he wants.

A: ______________________________________________________________

29. I go to the school everyday.

A: ______________________________________________________________

30. I am having a problem.

A: ______________________________________________________________

EXERCISE – 16.3Rewrite the following sentences making necessary corrections.

1. Time and tide waits for none.

A: ______________________________________________________________

2. I shall inform you when my sister will come.

A: ______________________________________________________________

3. The criminal was hung yesterday.

A: ______________________________________________________________

4. My house is besides the temple.

A: ______________________________________________________________

5. Beside robbing the child, he killed it.

A: ______________________________________________________________

6. He being a rainy day, he did not go to office.

A: ______________________________________________________________

7. She prefers death from failure.

A: ______________________________________________________________

8. He don’t know anything.

A: ______________________________________________________________

9. Don’t go out in the rain lest you would get wet.

A: ______________________________________________________________

10. No sooner I had reached the station than the train left.

A: ______________________________________________________________

11. The boys goes to the college.

A: ______________________________________________________________

12. They will return in this month.

A: ______________________________________________________________

247

Page 248: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

13. While going to college, a book was found by me.

A: ______________________________________________________________

14. Please write your number with ink.

A: ______________________________________________________________

15. he is preferring coffee to tea.

A: ______________________________________________________________

16. Is the lawyer familiar on the case?

A: ______________________________________________________________

17. I am not right, are I?

A: ______________________________________________________________

18. What is the time in your watch?

A: ______________________________________________________________

19. He is an one-eyed man.

A: ______________________________________________________________

20. I have been waiting here since a long time.

A: ______________________________________________________________

21. I can be able to return back in a week.

A: ______________________________________________________________

22. Why you went out?

A: ______________________________________________________________

23. I am working here since 1994.

A: ______________________________________________________________

24. He quickly did the job.

A: ______________________________________________________________

25. I am not thinking my father is at home.

A: ______________________________________________________________

26. Let us have a party, do we?

A: ______________________________________________________________

27. When I shall see him I shall tell him this.

A: ______________________________________________________________

28. Raju is cleverer of all the students.

A: ______________________________________________________________

29. He was lying low at that time.

A: ______________________________________________________________

248

Page 249: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

30. He finished to write a novel.

A: ______________________________________________________________

EXERCISE – 16.4Rewrite the following sentences making necessary corrections.

1. I congratulated him for his success.

A: ______________________________________________________________

2. Myself wrote the letter.

A: ______________________________________________________________

3. The air-bus took off before we reached the airport.

A: ______________________________________________________________

4. 10 kilometers are not a long distance.

A: ______________________________________________________________

5. I, you, and he are going to Delhi.

A: ______________________________________________________________

6. One should respect his teacher.

A: ______________________________________________________________

7. He is more better than she.

A: ______________________________________________________________

8. I haven’t met him last month.

A: ______________________________________________________________

9. None of my friends are applying for the job.

A: ______________________________________________________________

10. Scarcely I reached the office, than I heard the news.

A: ______________________________________________________________

11. The news are sensational today.

A: ______________________________________________________________

12. She is proud for her beauty.

A: ______________________________________________________________

13. Each man and each woman have the right to vote.

A: ______________________________________________________________

14. Please give me some informations.

A: ______________________________________________________________

15. They are leaving to China.

A: ______________________________________________________________

249

Page 250: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

16. I have been waiting here from 9 A.M.

A: ______________________________________________________________

17. Where she will solve the problem?

A: ______________________________________________________________

18. I did not attended the meeting.

A: ______________________________________________________________

19. Geetha, go and fetch me some water.

A: ______________________________________________________________

20. The wages of sin are death.

A: ______________________________________________________________

21. I can be able to return back in two days. (Sept 1999)

A: ______________________________________________________________

22. Raju said “I came not yesterday became I late wake up.” (Mar 2000)

A: ______________________________________________________________

23. “Why you have not come yesterday? ”asked Neeraja. (Jun 2000)

A: ______________________________________________________________

24. “What you mean by this?” asked the teacher. (Mar 2001)

A: ______________________________________________________________

25. I could not be able no meet you because I was gone to my native village. (Jun 2001)

A: ______________________________________________________________

26. Please return back the money and don’t repeat this mistake again. (Mar 2002)

A: ______________________________________________________________

27. You no came yesterday? Say me why. (Jun 2002)

A: ______________________________________________________________

28. I came tomorrow not. (Mar 2003)

A: ______________________________________________________________

29. Last night we are seeing the picture. Then after we are eating dinner in a hotel.

(Jun 2003)

A: ______________________________________________________________

30. I am remembering your name very well. (Mar 2004)

A: ______________________________________________________________

*********

250

Page 251: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

17. RHYMING WORDS(33-36) Find the word in each set that rhymes with the key word.

PRACTICE – 1

1. cruel : rule role duel real A : ………………….

2. feel : seal soil sail fear A : ………………….

3. gun : rin wine win one A : ………………….

4. foe : now glow shoe she A : ………………….

5. poor : door tour floor goal A : ………………….

6. kite : keep feat note fight A : ………………….

7. sad : game shade glad said A : ………………….

8. cream : near team dear net A : ………………….

9. house : hour noise maize mouse A : ………………….

10. there : air tyre throw their A : ………………….

11. grey : ground day diary dear A : ………………….

12. that : fleet float flat thin A : ………………….

13. wall : bell bail boulder all A : ………………….

14. floor : flood more mood food A : ………………….

15. neither : near weather either brother A : ………………….

16. breast : rest beast roast blood A : ………………….

17. choose : lace wise nice lose A : ………………….

18. fine : cane nine lion piano A : ………………….

19. dear : near deal health wealth A : ………………….

20. four : years heart roar earth A : ………………….

PRACTICE – 2

Find the word in each set that rhymes with the key word.

1. poor : floor door good tour A : ………………….

2. pale : talk mail well sell A : ………………….

3. cream : head wheat team light A : ………………….

4. knife : stir wife firm feel A : ………………….

5. steel : feel pale soul soil A : ………………….

6. flood : foot should blood bowl A : ………………….

7. pay : hat gay fun bull A : ………………….

8. true : drew sea unique eyebrow A : ………………….

251

Page 252: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

9. third : hired geared afford heard A : ………………….

10. remain : bemoan humane combine demean A : ………………….

11. recite : relate insight opposite receipt A : ………………….

12. door : bore poor sour cure A : ………………….

13. stale : call seal pail fuel A : ………………….

14. heard : beard paired lord word A : ………………….

15. neigh : lie key ray sigh A : ………………….

16. kite : late gait mate might A : ………………….

17. off : laugh cough enough bluff A : ………………….

18. poor : pour floor sure shower A : ………………….

19.pain : reign shine mean dine A : ………………….

20.height : right quite plait hate A : ………………….

PRACTICE – 3

Find the word in each set that rhymes with the key word.

1. there : here rare never beard A : ………………….

2. float : flute lure coat thread A : ………………….

3. hook : lock book mike back A : ………………….

4. storage : said long bang luggage A : ………………….

5. care : fear hair dear mend A : ………………….

6. true : few cure poor screw A : ………………….

7. machine : shine line between swain A : ………………….

8. reel : rule cruel real feel A : ………………….

9. meat : mate mat mart feet A : ………………….

10. adore : sure too poor roar A : ………………….

11. true : drew sew unique eyebrow A : ………………….

12. third : hired geared afford heard A : ………………….

13. remain : bemoan humane combine demean A : ………………….

14. recite : relate insight opposite receipt A : ………………….

15. door : bore poor sour cure A : ………………….

16. stale : call steal pail fuel A : ………………….

17. heard : beard paired lord word A : ………………….

18. neigh : lie key ray sigh A : ………………….

19. bold : gold called bead sealed A : ………………….

20. said : guard head heart friend A : …………………

252

Page 253: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

PRACTICE – 4

Find the word in each set that rhymes with the key word.

1. kite : late gait mate might A : ………………….

2. off : laugh cough enough bluff A : ………………….

3. poor : pour floor sure shower A : ………………….

4. pain : reign shine mean dine A : ………………….

5. height : right quiet plate hate A : ………………….

6. explore : sour pure store tour A : ………………….

7. true : few cure poor screw A : ………………….

8. machine : shine line between swain A : ………………….

9. reel : rale cruel real feel A : ………………….

10. meat : mate mat mout feet A : ………………….

11. adore : sure too poor roar A : ………………….

12. trial : deal dole dial doll A : ………………….

13. sign : town wine main loan A : ………………….

14. dear : dare day door deer A : ………………….

15. mite : late feet neat knight A : ………………….

16. know : few now how sow A : ………………….

17. goat : got taught plight wrote A : ………………….

18. paid : deed made sold bead A : ………………….

19. down : bemoan shown alone pronoun A : ………………….

20. snore : assure implore cure tour A : ………………….

PRACTICE – 5

Find the word in each set that rhymes with the key word.

1. right : quiet height strict rate A : ………………….

2. please : squeeze realize peace bears A : ………………….

3. boys : alloy soil joys jogs A : ………………….

4. between : machine mine plain nation A : ………………….

5. word : board bird beared bored A : ………………….

6. courage : message stage massage enrage A : ………………….

7. bought : boat pot port boot A : ………………….

8. bury : fury curry merry fiery A : ………………….

9. pain : dune shine pun plane A : ………………….

10. near : dare deer fire heir A : ………………….253

Page 254: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

11. queue : quick guest bouquet new A : ………………….

12. cow : sought though bough rough A : ………………….

13. bury : hurry busy merry furry A : ………………….

14. route : look foot dough boot A : ………………….

15. fire : mayor tear rare liar A : ………………….

16. haste : mast beast waist best A : ………………….

17. dark : work clerk fork lurk A : ………………….

18. hide : lied laid lead hired A : ………………….

19. rough : cough plough laugh stuff A : ………………….

20. own : soon loan crown gone A : ………………….

EXERCISE – 17.1

Find the word in each set that rhymes with the key word.

1. trail : deal dial dile doll A : ………………….

2. sign : town wine main loan A : ………………….

3. dear : dare day door deer A : ………………….

4. bold : gold called bread sealed A : ………………….

5. said : guard heard heart friend A : ………………….

6. mite : late feet neat knight A : ………………….

7. know : few now how sow A : ………………….

8. goat : got taught plight wrote A : ………………….

9. paid : deed made sold bead A : ………………….

10. down : bemoan shown alone pronoun A : ………………….

11. snore : assure implore cure tour A : ………………….

12. pain : dune shine pun plane A : ………………….

13. near : dear deer fire heir A : ………………….

14. right : quiet height strict rate A : ………………….

15. please : squeeze realized peace bears A : ………………….

16. boys : alloy soil joys jogs A : ………………….

17. between : machine mine plain nation A : ………………….

18. word : board bird beard bored A : ………………….

19. courage : message stage massage enrage A : ………………….

20. bought : boat pot port boot A : ………………….

21. bury : fury curry merry furry A : ………………….

254

Page 255: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

22. queued : quick guest bouquet news A : ………………….

23. cow : sought though bough rough A : ………………….

24. bury : hurry busy merry furry A : ………………….

25. route : look foot dough boot A : ………………….

EXERCISE – 17.2

Find the word in each set that rhymes with the key word.

1. fire : mayor tear rare liar A : ………………….

2. haste : mast beast waist best A : ………………….

3.dark : work clerk fork lurk A : ………………….

4. hide : lied laid lead hired A : ………………….

5. rough : cough plough laugh stuff A : ………………….

6. own : soon loan crown gone A : ………………….

7. right : site late freight diet A : ………………….

8. lime : limb claim climb shame A : ………………….

9. fire : higher their fare near A : ………………….

10. kite : gate height mate receipt A : ………………….

11. word : lord hard sword heard A : ………………….

12. waste : feast fast waist west A : ………………….

13. afraid : played said ride guide A : ………………….

14. roar : hour flower sour door A : ………………….

15. height : rate white weight gate A : ………………….

16. crowd : should rowed loud coward A : ………………….

17. shout : note boat doubt fought A : ………………….

18. kite : height rate diet create A : ………………….

19. load : loud rode god food A : ………………….

20. fool : foul crawl foul rule A : ………………….

21.prize : mice price rice wise A : ………………….

22. bare : fair higher fear near A : ………………….

23. peace : keys cease tease please A : ………………….

24. clerk : perk work pork park A : ………………….

25. ache : match break batch leak A :………………….

******

255

Page 256: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

18. PRONUNCIATIONPRACTICE – 1

In each of the following groups of words, find the word in which the underlined part is pronounced in the same way as in the key word.

1. orchard : mechanic churchyard machinery scholar Ans:………….........

2. music : vision ascetic decent puzzle Ans:………….........

3. police : release realize malice polite Ans:…………........

4. regain : regime regent regard register Ans:………….........

5. garment : huge engine eager agent Ans:………….........

6. spear : pear fair steer swear Ans:………….........

7. punch : machine chicken chemist school Ans:………….........

8. consent : malice measure raise wisdom Ans:………….........

9. music : listen treasure seizure amazing Ans:………….........

10. bunch : machine discuss enrich racist Ans:………….........

11. careful : fearful nearest poorest sharing Ans:………….........

12. motion : ocean measure decision dozen Ans:………….........

13. bird : grammar honour burn prayer Ans:………….........

14. separate : police leisure shalow lose Ans:………….........

15. cheer : despair severe swear deciare Ans:………….........

16. junk : zoo badge lizard raze Ans:………….........

17. burn : part court shirt drama Ans:………….........

18. sing : shoe measure pleasure miss Ans:………….........

19. clear : fair four fire fear Ans:………….........

20. june : busy ridge zero seize Ans:………….........

PRACTICE – 2In each of the following groups of words, find the word in which the underlined part is pronounced in the same way as in the key word.

1. turn : learn rude pull pure Ans:………….........

2. music : shop gossip pressure presume Ans:………….........

3. dear : rare pair sheer pear Ans:………….........

4. grudge : praise space zeal jam Ans:………….........

5. tint : alright delimit profile moonlight Ans:………….........

6. clerk : endear import uproar starch Ans:…………........

7. zoom : measure treason leisure priceless Ans:………….........

8. chemistry : machine charming chic ticket Ans:………….........

256

Page 257: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

9. books : loose birds parcel easy Ans:………….........

10. people : believe heart cool tool Ans:………….........

11. daughter : bought floor fair beach Ans:………….........

12. looked : begged called robbed walked Ans:………….........

13. sale : suack salt safe adore Ans:………….........

14. foot : poor look loose food Ans:…………........

15. busy : size station measure miss Ans:………….........

16. judge : zoo leisure gaze generous Ans:………….........

17. learn : great breath swear earth Ans:………….........

18. merchant : chemistry achieve ache chauffeur Ans:………….........

19. couple : wound soul enough shoulder Ans:………….........

20. enough : dough thorough cough plough Ans:………….........

PRACTICE – 3In each of the following groups of words, find the word in which the underlined part is pronounced in the same way as in the key word.

1. pressure : assemble assume vision ashamed Ans:………….........

2. police : malice release resist mistake Ans:………….........

3. relate : regain regard relief retired Ans:………….........

4. school : machine ascend unkind changed Ans:………….........

5. measure : vision pressure fashion lazy Ans:………….........

6. village : cage foreign target magic Ans:………….........

7. sugar : husband circus usual machine Ans:………….........

8. house : courage window down though Ans:………….........

9. muscle : fashion dishonest discuss music Ans:………….........

10. catching : machine christian nature chemistry Ans:………….........

11. weather : although method thinner mathematics Ans:………….....

12. laughter : narrow fought heart daughter Ans:………….........

13. dozen : music basic lesson leisure Ans:………….........

14. promoted : allotted announced removed followed Ans:………….........

15. ashamed : measure revision machine mishandle Ans:………….........

16. roughage : frighten affirm courage engage Ans:………….........

17. wool : door cool good poor Ans:………….........

18. curse : cure hurt butcher push Ans:………….........

19. hate : half call many major Ans:………….........

20. language : neighbour garage magazine general Ans:………….........

257

Page 258: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

PRACTICE – 4

In each of the following groups of words, find the word in which the underlined part is pronounced in the same way as in the key word.

1. touched : walked landed begged tried Ans:………….........

2. hold : pot post doubt caught Ans:………….........

3. wealthy : nothing pathetic mother bath Ans:………….........

4. stay : taste dance sand many Ans:………….........

5. hound : fourth tour growl famous Ans:………….........

6. revenge : jealous game magazine ghost Ans:………….........

7. chapel : maze damage change mast Ans:………….........

8. couple : populous uncle most beast Ans:………….........

9. stout : route bout goat wrote Ans:………….......

10. through : threw wool pull women Ans:………….......

11. danger : finger singer linger managerAns:………….........

12. machine : chip keep ship seep Ans:………….........

13. cool : wood rule fuel cough Ans:………….........

14. message : range wage large courage Ans:………….........

15. nervous : first tender taste guest Ans:…………........

16. peasant : rice raise nice case Ans:………….........

17. large : giant magnet angry garden Ans:………….........

18. heart : mean death meadow dance Ans:………….........

19. first : just list burst must Ans:………….........

20. vicious : chance nice machine cable Ans:………….........

PRACTICE – 5

In each of the following groups of words, find the word in which the underlined part is pronounced in the same way as in the key word.

1. purse : heard feared pure pear Ans:………….........

2. deer : meager bear clear dare Ans:………….........

3. soothe : think mathematics clothe theory Ans:………….........

4. precious : cash circus script curious Ans:………….........

5. certain : burst fury hunt bun Ans:………….........

6. race : rise prize raise rice Ans:………….........7. chief : character machine future ship Ans:………….........

258

Page 259: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

8. shook : blood wool tool spoon Ans:………….........

9. important : absorb consider whole suppose Ans:………….........

10. saint : rare patch pale many Ans:………….........

11. first : fun berth spin horse Ans:………….........

12. flew : foot cousin count true Ans:…………........

13. news : rose rice press listen Ans:………….........

14. lack : jack alone talk lark Ans:………….........

15. mile : miracle smile pity aim Ans:………….........

16. enough : dough thorough tough rough Ans:………….........

17. father : method nothing those think Ans:………….........

18. wool : food good fool noon Ans:………….........

19. take : paid tram tried tired Ans:…………........

20 hear : dare doer dire deer Ans:………….........

EXERCISE – 18.1

1. crow : sew drawn four for Ans:………….......

2. work : journey shore pour drove Ans:………….......

3. cure : pour pure burn crush Ans:………….......

4. real : steal eager swear stale Ans:………….......

5. plough : enough thought taught thou Ans:………….......

6. ram : man farce fare heart Ans:………….......

7. book : door took road coat Ans:………….......

8. hut : put push rule but Ans:………….......

9. laugh : page anger cough stage Ans:………….........

10. escape : educate piece preface face Ans:………….........

11. assistant : close answer prison clause Ans:………….........

12. present : sense plaster wisdom fist Ans:………….........

13. daughter : long thought regret forget Ans:………….........

14. chain : torch chorus parachute farce Ans:………….........

15. certain : arc acre vacate circle Ans:………….........

16. arrange : argue bandage regard leg Ans:………….........

17. peace : bread heard feast head Ans:………….........

18. far : man war half can Ans:………….........

19. should : doubt count round youth Ans:………….........259

Page 260: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

20. rumour : soap tour flower sound Ans:………….........

21. trousers : source account famous course Ans:………….........

22. sponge : monkey lone bond wrong Ans:………….........

23. fever : people settle begin section Ans:………….........

24. mouth : group rough doubt tough Ans:………….........

25. people : leisure leave fail said Ans:………….........

EXERCISE – 18.2

1. rule : foot full dull cool Ans:………….........

2. chemistry : cousin change machine torch Ans:………….........

3. main : lean lane fine weak Ans:………….........

4. courage : zoo journey gaze gang Ans:………….........

5. reach : hear learn wear weak Ans:………….........

6. food : blood flood shoot wool Ans:………….........

7. count : should youth doubt rough Ans:………….........

8. measure : decision vision ocean discussion Ans:………….......

9. crow : sew drawn four for Ans:………….......

10. work : journey shore pour drove Ans:………….......

11. cure : pour pure burn crush Ans:………….......

12. real : steal eager swear stale Ans:………….......

13. plough : enough thought taught thou Ans:………….......

14. ram : man farce fare heart Ans:………….......

15. book : door took road coat Ans:………….......

16. blue : dog do dot done Ans:………….......

17. hut : put push rule but Ans:………….......

18. foot : put cut nut bus Ans:………….......

19. laugh : page anger cough stage Ans:………….......

20. escape : educate piece preface face Ans:………….......

21. assistant : close answer prison clause Ans:………….......

22. present : sense plaster wisdom fist Ans:………….......

23. daughter : long thought regret forget Ans:………….......

24. chin : torch chorus parachoot far Ans:………….......

25. certain : arc acre vacate circle Ans:…………......

260

Page 261: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

19. MARKING SENTENCE ENDINGS[37] Read the following passage in which the ends of the sentence are not indicated.

Decide where each sentence ends. Write out, in the space provided, the last word of each sentence, followed by ( . ) or ( ? ) or ( ! ).

PRACTICE – 1

1. What are you inviting a member of our family to steal the horse must go back to its true owner

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. Hold it please don’t turn on the light were you waiting for me

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. A man waved today waved for so long with a crutch yes with a cane

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. Good good you don’t mean to say that all these are threatened those are only half of them

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. By the way my name is Schwamm fine are you here to attend a congress

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

6. What was your name before you become a nun it is not important I was the first tojoin the mother

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. What is the matter oh nothing I was feeling lonely and bored and I thought I would visit you

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

8. How do you know that because ash had not dropped twice from his cigar excellent

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

PRACTICE – 2

1. Welcome Sir Henry won’t you stay and have some dinner no I must go

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. Go back to London immediately why should I go back I cannot explain

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. The whole countryside appears to be here did you see stapleton come on to us I thought that he was a sane man

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. Well I was right wasn’t I Yes that is a boy who seems to have a secret errand

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

261

Page 262: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

5. Good heavens he cheated us are you sure

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. Shall I take another ruby now alas I have no ruby now my eyes are all that I have left

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. What a strange thing this broken lead heart will not melt in the furnace may I throw it away

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

8. Now tell me the truth was it not you who did it so you too suspect me

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

PRACTICE – 3

1. Is it deposited it is then I want to withdraw my money what are you drawing it all out again

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. How do you do it I have an understanding with a horse

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. What a lovely name may I look into its mouth of course

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. How dare you say I have brought diluted milk to the market I am not saying anything against you why do you begin to abuse me

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Isn’t there anything you can do except play cards I can swim

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

6. Hello i'm Stan Towers I don’t think we have met earlier do we

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. My young fellow what’s time now ten minutes past five my God past five

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

8. What a splendid building would you please tell me who built it no sorry I don’t know

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

262

Page 263: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

PRACTICE – 4

1. Now Mrs. Salmon you must remember that a man’s life may depend on your evidence I do remember it sir is your eyesight good. (Octo 1991)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. What a lovely horse whose is it I could swear thought it is the horse that was stolen from me many weeks ago may I look into its mouth. (Mar 1992)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. Hold it please don’t turn on the eight you’d do me a favour if you left the room dark were you waiting for me. (Octo 1992 )

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. King Santanu went hunting on the banks of the Ganga there he met a beautiful young woman how beautiful she is said Santanu to himself is she a goddess or a human being. (Mar 1993)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. The man asked himself what the tiger was doing inside the cage he looked just as if he was praying how strange could an animal pray to god (Sept 1993)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

6. The sperm whale has the heaviest brain of an animal how much does it weigh it can weigh more than 9 k.g. that’s six times larger than an average human brain

(Mar 1994)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. How enthusiastic we were we had volunteered to dig holes and plant saplings but where the spades to dig with and the saplings to plant we could do nothing but wait patiently for them to arrive (Sept 1994)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

8. Gandhiji always travelled third class in trains why did he do so he did so because the poor in India travelled third but how uncomfortable it must have been for him

(Mar 1995)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

PRACTICE – 5

1. Do you know where to world’s largest library is it’s in Washington DC it contains 20 million books kept in 853 kilometers of shelves what a huge bookshelf

(Oct 1995)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. What a strange request do you know what you are asking for this can perhaps displease the king if he is displeased you know what would happen don’t you

(Mar 1996)

263

Page 264: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. Maggie how silly you are why don’t you come and have your dinner there are lots of sweets what are you crying for, you silly baby (Sept 1996)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. What is the best time to undertake important tasks specialists recommend high-efficiency hours to tackle difficult jobs how fruitful it would be to engage in a creative thing in early morning hours (Mar 1997)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. How rough the sea had been earlier in the day but now it was very calm the water level was going down and an island was lowly coming up in the middle of the sea what could this mean (Sept 1997)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

6. Do you know that when one half of the earth is in sunlight the other half is in shadow when you see the sun rise up it is already up at places further east how strange

(Mar 1998)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. Have you heard of the ship ‘Titanic’ which sank on its maiden voyage when the ship was sinking, a frighter called California saw the distress signal she, however, did not respond thinking that they were part of the ship’s celebrations what a misfortune

(Sept 1998)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

8. The boy was going on his bicycle why was he going so fast there was a big pit which he did not see till he was very near it what a miraculous escape (Mar 1999)

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

EXERCISE – 19.1

1. What a terrible tragedy all in the family except the small boy got killed why should God be so cruel (Sept 1999)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. I immensely liked your suggestion what a brilliant idea why don’t such ideas occur to me (Mar 2000)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. What a lovely concert I would give my life to it why don’t people organize such concerts more often (Sept 2000)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Many children live in the streets what a pity can’t the government give them some shelter who else will take care of them (Mar 2001)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

264

Page 265: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

6. What a tiny little creature I have never seen a creature of this size in which country is it found what does it eat (Jun 2001)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. What a spectacular sight I wish I could stay here for another day how about leaving day after (Mar 2002)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

8. He rubbed his eyes in disbelief could his eyes be mistaken what a strong resemblance between this man and his father (Jun 2002)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

EXERCISE – 19.2

1. He opened his eyes wide could his eyes be mistaken what a strange resemblance between this girl and his daughter (Mar 2003)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. When I woke up do you know what I saw it was something unbelievable what a stunning beauty I have never seen such a sight (Jun 2003)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. Every one was shocked what a strange sight how could this happened they couldn’t believe what they saw (Mar 2004)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. Hold it please don’t turn on the light you’d do me a favour if you left the room dark were you waiting for me (Jun 2004)

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Ah did they know they would receive it yes sir Charles was very fond of talking about the provisions of his will

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

6. Can’t you remember anything else no sir nothing else good night thank you

Ans: ……………………………………………………………………………………..

7. Sir please forgive me what for I killed the merchant and hid the life among your things

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………

8. Well it’s many years since we first met how time does fly do you remember the first time I saw you

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

9. What fun I had it was a wonderful party wasn’t it

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

10. Have you passed the admission test Mr. Anwer Ali yes with good marks congratulations

Ans: ………………………………………………………………………………………..

265

Page 266: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

20. RE–ARRANGING SCRAMBLED SENTENCES

Rearrange the scrambled sentences in each set to form meaningful paragraphs. Do not copy the actual sentences in your answer – book. Write out only the letters corresponding to the sentences and put them in the proper order :

PRACTICE - 1

1. (a) The ginger bread boy sat up and looked at the old man.(b) Once upon a time a couple lived near river.(c) One day the old woman made a ginger bread boy and put it in the oven.(d) They were very sad because they had no children.(e) After thirty minutes she opened the door to see it. It was done.

2. (a) They fly low, take off vertically and land on even roofs to serve man.(b) Therefore, for many years people tried to design a flying machine to land and rise vertically.(c) Aeroplanes need a long run-way and this is one of their disadvantages.(d) Finally a Spaniard solved the problem by inventing the helicopter.(e) Now helicopters are found all over the world in different designs.

3. (a) But they also knew that they could not take it by force.(b) Now the Trojans were safe in their walled city.(c) The war between Greece and Troy had lasted for ten years.(d) The Greeks knew that to win the war they must take the city.(e) The Greeks were camped all round it.

4. (a) Such people are colour – blind.(b) So are fire extinguishers, mail vans and fire engines.(c) These people are unable to pick out red as a separate colour.(d) To most of us, a post box is red.(e) But there are people who would not agree that these things are red in colour.

1. 2. 2.

3. 4. 4.

PRACTICE - 21. (a) Perhaps this was because it had no enemies to fear.

(b) It had lost the power of light.(c) There were no men, not even large animals like monkeys, on the island.(d) The dodo lived on the island of Mauritius on the east coast of Africa.(e) It was a big, harmless creature, living contentedly on leaves and berries and fruit.

266

Page 267: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. (a) In her anger she turned Arachen into a spider and sentenced her to weave for all time.(b) This angeted Athena who was the godess of weaving and spinning.(c) When we see a spider hanging in her beautiful web, we know that Arachne’s art as a weaver has not been lost.(d) One day, Arachne challenged the godess Athena to a weaving Contest.(e) According to Greek legend, there was once a lovely maiden named Arachne, who gained fame as a weaver.

3. (a) Sometimes dogs do not see objects that are not moving.(b) Dogs depend more on their sense of smell than on their eye-sight.(c) A dog may smell a rabbit but fail to see it until it moves.(d) There is also reason to believe that they cannot see colour.(e) Their vision is normally fuzzy.

4. (a) The whole city seemed to be lit by a heavenly light.(b) One cold night, just as I was about to jump into bed. I heard guns firing.(c) I stood motionless, as shells whistled past.(d) It was almost like fireworks except that the flashes were not for celebration, but for destruction.(e) I ran to the nearest window and on looking out saw the flashes of fast traveling bullets.

1. 2. 2.

3. 4. 4.

PRACTICE - 31. (a) But it cannot see in complete darkness as it sometimes believed.

(b) Some animals are known for their keen eye – sight.(c) There must be some light, or no living thing can see.(d) It can see better than we can .(e) The cat is one of them.

2. (a) Every brick and every beam was taken down and carried to the new site.(b) There was an old house in England that was moved to another village quite far away.(c) There it still stands, looking as if it has always been there.(d) There the house was rebuilt and in time a beautiful garden grew around it.(e) You often hear of people moving but hardly ever do you hear of a house moving.

3. (a) Bhim was no exception.(b) And then, ofcourse, the little monkey would go back to his next favourite occupation ; hanging by his tail from the curtain rod.(c) He would sit quietly, gazing, into my face, until the story was over.(d) Most children like listening to stories.(e) As soon as I started a story, he would come running to me and clamber my lap.

267

Page 268: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

4. (a) Using such observations, the Chinese accurately presicated an earthquake in Haiching, in 1975.(b) Just before a tremor, fowls refuse to go inside their coop and rats start running away(c) As a result, no lives were last, though many houses were destroyed.(d) These observations showed that animals seem to sense the coming disaster, and begin acting strangely.(e) From ancient times, Chinese predictions of earthquakes have been based on observations of animal behaviour.

1. 2. 2.

3. 4. 4.

PRACTICE – 41. (a) Grieving relatives took him in a procession to the cremation ground.

(b) But to everybody’s surprise. Sunil suddenly Sat up and asked. “What am I doing here ?”(c) Sunil Patnaik was admitted to hospital on 5 September.(d) There, they performed the last rites and got ready to light the funeral fire.(e) The next day the doctors declared him dead.

2. (a) Others watch entertainment- based programmes.(b) Some watch information – based programmes.(c) They are watching T.V. instead.(d) They don’t know that both information and entertainment are available within the covers of a book.(e) Today nobody has time for books.

3. (a) In contrast, laser light is highly directional in other words, it travels in only one direction.(b) For example , a beam of laser light 13 mm wide will spread only about 7.5 cm after traveling distance of 1.5 kms.(c) Laser light has four characteristics that distinguish it from the light produced by other sources such as an electric bulb, a flourescent lamp or the sun.(d) More especially, laser light travels in a narrow beam, the sides of which stay almost parallel.(e) The light from these laser sources travels in all directions.

4. (a) The second was to be under water and hold my breathe until shortage of oxygen finished me.(b) The first was to throw away all my breathing equipment and swallow a lot of water.(c) I realized that it was better for me to kill myself rather than getting eaten limb by the monstrous creature attacking me.(d) The later way seemed less painful and more reliable.(e) I could think of only two methods.

268

Page 269: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

1. 2. 2.

3. 4. 4.

PRACTICE – 5

1. (a) This calendar follows the passage of the moon and it divides the year into 12 lunar months.(b) Though the Chinese have adopted the Western calendar they have their own calendar which charts the changes in seasons.(c) Just as we have the signs of the zodiac, so do the Chinese.(d) Many Chinese believe that the year of a person’s birth determines this personality.(e) Their zodiac has a 12 year cycle and each of the years is ruled by a particular sign represented by an animal.

2. (a) Peter moved away to become a family man.(b) Tish is no ordinary fish.(c) Tish is still very much alive and swimming, carefully looked after by Peter’s parents.(d) He swam into the hands of his first owner in 1956, when seven – yearold Peter proudly carried him home after winning him at a funfair.(e) He may soon go into the Guinness Book of Records as the oldest goldfish in the world.

3. (a) To day in several museums in Italy, it is still possible to see false teeth of this sort which are 2700 years old.(b) But the Etruscans were much cleverer dentists and discovered how to make dentures that held several teeth.(c) They used to lie them to their real teeth with string or wires.(d) The ancient Greeks, and the Phoenicians, started using false teeth about the year 100 B.C. (e) They soldered together bands of gold which fitted over the natural teeth and pushed artificial teeth into the band wherever there was a gap.

4. (a) “It’ll take you only two minutes”.(b) One day, his housekeeper told him that she was going to visit her sister.(c) “Boil yourself an egg for dinner while I’m away” she said.(d) When she returned she fould Sir – Issac looking at an egg in his hand while his watch boiled in the pan.(e) Sir Issac Newton was a very absent – minded scientist.

1. 2.

3. 4.

269

Page 270: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

PRACTICE – 6

1. (a) The next day he came and picked up the baby lying next to my mother and to his great surprise , he saw that the baby did not have the hole on the left earlobe.(b) The mix-up had happened after the babies had been given their bath.(c) It seems that Nan-Kaka, (as I call him) had come to see me in hospital the day I was born and noticed a little hole near the top of my left earlobe.(d) I have today become a cricketer, and all of you have heard of me, only because of my uncle, Narayan Masurerkar, noticed little things.

2. (a) For days before it starts on a journey, a camel does nothing but eats and drinks.(b) So the camel’s hump is a storage place for fat, which the camel’s body will use up during the journey.(c) Where other animals would die for lack of food and water, the camel gets along nicely, because it carries its food and water with it !(d) It eats so much that a lump of fat, may be wringing as much 100 pounds, rises on its back.(e) The camel is called ‘the ship of the desert’, and there is good reason for it.

3. (a) The Olympic Games were started again because of the efforts of a Frenchman called Baron Pierre de Cobbertin.(b) The Olympic Games are international athletic competitions held every four years.(c) There are records of the Olympic Games held from 776 B.C. to 393 A.D. after which they were stopped by a Roman Emperor.(d) The first modern Olympic Games were held in Athens in 1896,and the Olympic motto was born ; “Swifter, Higher , Stronger”.(e) They were first held on the plains of Olympia in Greece for honouring Greek gods.

4. (a) They seemed very anxious about her comfort.(b) As they said their good – byes the train pulled out of the station.(c) I had the compartment to myself up to Rohana and then a girl got in.(d) The woman gave the girl detailed instructions as to where to keep her things when not to lean out of the windows and how to avoid speaking to strangers.(e) The couple who saw her off were probably her parents.

1. 2.

3. 4.

PRACTICE – 71. (a) A diamond is truly unconquerable.

(b) The unequalled beauty and brightness of the diamond is the result of its ability to reflect light.(c) Nothing in the world can cut it – except another diamond.(d) In fact, the world diamond comes from the Greek word adamas which means ‘unconquerable’.(e) The diamond is also the hardest material known to man.

270

Page 271: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. (a) Nan was happy and liked the young man, but he wanted to test him first.(b) He talked at length of his love of duty, his sincerity and his loyalty to the Poona Court.(c) Once a man came to see Nana Phadnavis, and begged him to give him a job in the Peshwa’s Durbar.(d) It was always a hard test, but once Nana was satisfied, it would be smooth sailing for the man.(e) He always did this with a new candidate.

3. (a) The cold deserts have hot days and cold nights in summer, while in winter, the days are cold and the nights even colder.(b) In the desert it gets hot very quickly and reaches over 580 even in the shade.(c) But when the Sun sets, the dry ground quickly loses heat and the night are cold.(d) There are great differences between day and night temperatures and summer and winter temperatures in deserts.(e) Since there is little water vapour in the air and no could the rays of the sun strike the ground with fierce heat.

4. (a) This is because there are not many places left where they can live and hunt freely.(b) But now only a small number of these are left.(c) There are villages in what used to be open wolf country, and there are not too many small animals left for them to hunt.(d) But the main reason why it is so difficult to protect this animal is that people fear it and hate it and are only too willing to kill it.(e) In 1928, an Englishman, R.G. Burton, wrote that the Wolf , along with the fox and the jackal, was found throughout India.

1. 2.

3. 4.

PRACTICE – 8

1. (a) This, it was believed, would give him good health and strength for many long years.(b) Some people even used onion bulbs in their marriage ceremonies.(c) Centuries were to pass before man stopped believing in the magical powers of the onion.(d) For instance, a Thracian, among other gifts, received a barreful of onions on his wedding day.(e) By the 12th century the onion was growing in just about every country of Europe. and today it his grown all over the world.

2. (a) Close behind her was a man, who appeared to be gaining at every step.(b) “The last one to get home has to wash the supper dishes”.(c) “Oh, no thanks she said, “My husband and I always race each other home from the cinema theatre”.(d) Driving through a sleepy village one evening, a motorist saw a woman running for dear life.(e) Screeching to a halt, the motorist leaped out and asked the woman she needed help.

271

Page 272: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. (a) But the professors who thought they understood science said the Pasteur was wrong.(b) In the middle of the 19th century, people laughed at Pasteur when he said that microbes are man’s worst enemies.(c) It was possible, therefore, to protect human beings, milk, wine and so on, from microbes.(d) They said that microbes were produced naturally by old milk (or wine) and did not come from outside.(e) Pasteur said that all microbes come from the air.

4. (a) Mum once went to give a lecture and left Dad in charge of the house.(b) He said that everything was fine except that one of the children had been spanked because he had been troublesome.(c) When she returned, she asked him of everything had run smoothly.(d) When he pointed at the child that had been punished. Mum looked at him and said, “That’s not one of ours, dear. He belongs next door.”(e) Another time, Dad told us this joke.

1. 2.

3. 4.

EXARCISE- 20.1

Rearrange the scrambled sentences in each set to form meaningful paragraphs. Do not copy the actual sentences in your answer – book. Write out only the letters corresponding to the sentences and put them in the proper order :

1. (a) The villagers were highly pleased.(b) There was an announcement of a Puppet – show.(c) the owner of the Puppet show suddenly died.(d) The members of the Puppet show were to arrive on Sunday.(e) The show was cancelled.

2. (a) The gram phone was set aside due to the invention of Two – in – one.(b) Only rich people could buy a gramphone.(c) Table radios also lost their sale in the market.(d) The gramphone was considered to be he most recreative one.(e) The Two – in – one came into market.

3. (a) This bird is the Cuckoo.(b) When one thinks of nests, one usually thinks of birds.(c) It takes the easy way out.(d) There is one bird who never tries to build a nest.(e) It lays its eggs in other bird’s nests and leaves them to hatch out her eggs.

272

Page 273: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

4. (a) But scientists believe that there are large deposits of rare mineral such as Gold and Platinum there.(b) Do you know that Antarctica is one of the driest parts of the world.(c) A land of ice with very little water.(d) The average rainfall in a year there is only 10 inches.(e) Infact, people cannot live in that region because of the shortage of water.

1. 2 2.

3. 4 4.

1. (a) T.V. makes us lazy and cuts us off from the world of reality.(b) Everyone rushes home and quickly eats his meals to be ready for the T.V. programme.(c) No one remembers what life was like before the T.V. came.(d) I strongly recommend that the T.V. be banned in India.(e) Today people do not read books, they do not visit friends , they don’t listen to music.

2. (a) Instead, they demand : How old is he ? How many brothers has he ? How much does he weigh ? How much money does his father make ?(b) When you tell them you have made a new friend, they never ask you any questions about essential matters.(c) Only from these figures do hey think they have learned anything about them.(d) Grown – ups love figures.(e) They never say to you. “What does his voice sound like ? What games does he love best ? Does he collect butterflies.

1. . 2. 2. 2.

EXARCISE- 20.2

1. (a) He took about six months to reach the west coat of India.(b) The king of Portugal promised him both Ships and money for a voyage to India.(c) He was a sailor. He wanted to discoved a new route to India by sea.(d) So Vascode gama set out for India in 1497.

2. (a) He cycles to the police station and tells the inspector.(b) He sees some thieves, and their lorry in front of his neighbour’s factory.(c) The police go with Satish and they catch the thieves.(d) Satish cycles home on a dark night.(e) When they go inside, he lets out the air from the lorry’s tyres.

273

Page 274: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. (a) Even his wife was not friendly with him.(b) He was poor and ugly-so ugly that some people could not help laughing at him.(c) And his early manhood was passed at the time when the glory of Athens was at highest.(d) Yes his name is one of the greatest in the whole history of thought and civilization.(e) Socrates was born 470 years before the coming of Jesus.

4. (a) He felt that it was time for the Kingdom to pass into Younger hands.(b) He had ruled his Kingdom wisely.(c) There was once a King in England called Lear.(d) So he decided to give up his title, and spend the rest of his life in peace.(e) But now he was old and feeble.

1. 2. 2.

3. 4. 4.

1. (a) Actually he was trying to infect the wrong type of mosquito.(b) If mosquitoes were in fact the carries of the disease, the parasites would be found alive within their bodies.(c) He planned that mosquites should suck up blood full of the parasite of malaria.(d) Major Ronald Ross set to work eagerly.(e) Although he dissected hundreds of insects, Ross could not find what he wanted.

2. (a) All would have been well if a fox had not crossed our way as we were leaving the village.(b) Har Singh was a poor hunter and when I suggested that we should turn around and go home, he laughed.(c) So we continued our way.(d) Har Singh and I went out to shoot one day last April.(e) He said it was child’s talk to say that a fox would bring us bad luck.

3. (a) This forms a kind of paste with which he builds his cell and the outer cover of his nest.(b) Today man has followed his example and now makes paper in much the same way.(c) This busy insect was the wasp, who makes a rough kind of paper with which it builds its nest.(d) Man learned to make paper through watching a clever insect at work.(e) This little paper maker uses wood fibres which he takes from trees with his strong jaws and then pulps up with his saliva.

4. (a) Fujimori’s guards were taken by surprise.(b) Unfortunately for him he aroused te suspicious of a crusty old dog.(c) They chased the dog but it got clean away.(d) Perutvian President , Alberto Fujimori was touring the northern part of the country on a bicycle to establish rapport with the common people.(e) The animal rushed up to the dignitary and bit him in the leg.

274

Page 275: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

1. 2. 2.

3. 4. .

EXARCISE- 20.31. (a) You first decide to pick it up, using your will.

(b) Imagine that you have in front of you, a glass of water which you wish to pick up.(c) If you are able-bodied, you will pick it up with one hand.(d) It is the brain that decides how to pick up the glass.(e) To understand automation, it is worth thinking about a system which we use in our bodies.

2. (a) She forgot, however, to ask as well for the gift of everlasting youth.(b) One day Aurora fell in love with a beautiful mortal called Tithonus.(c) The goddess of the down was called Aurora by the Romans.(d) So Tithonus grew old and helpless, he could not die.(e) She stole from the earth and persuaded Jupiter, the king of the gods, to make immortal.

3. (a) It is learnt that Miss Reddy was trained by two veteran masters, Shri A.B. See and Shri X.Y.Zed.(b) The programme is being organized by Natya Ranga.(c) They also trained her to participate in bicentenary celebrations held in Paris this year.(d) She is a farmer student of the Government college of Music and Dance.(e) Miss I.N. Reddy will present a Kathak dance at the Natya Sabha next Friday.

4. (a) Hercules agreed.(b) Once Hercules came to him for help.(c) But the moment the load was off his shoulders, Atlas refused to take it back.(d) Atlas, a Giant, was punished by the gods to carry the weight of the earth on his shoulders.(e) Atlas agreed to help him provided Hercules shouldered the burden for a while.

1. 2.

3. 4.

1. (a) Real experts in these kite contests use a mixture of paste and ground glass with which they coat length of string closest to the kite.(b) To most of us, kites are just toys.(c) Japanese children often have kite – fights in which they try to bring down their friends kites with their own.(d) By skilful movement this can be used to cut the opponent’s strings.(e) To the Japanese they are much more important.

275

Page 276: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

2. (a) He was honest, clean, well – dressed and clever.(b) The manager of an office was hard-working man who never arrived late and never left early.(c) Instead he always ordered them to do things.(d) He never took the trouble to be polite ; he never considered the feelings of his staff.(e) But one very important quality in men of good position he had never learnt and that quality was politeness.

3. (a) The student hit him before he was ready and Houdini collapsed in agony.(b) One of Houdini’s claims was that his stomach muscles could withstand strong blows.(d) Harry Houdini, the world renowned magician, died on October 31, 1926 in a Detroit hospital.(e) One day he allowed a student from Montreal’s Mc. Gill University to punch several times in the stomach.

4. (a) When two men met it was the custom for them to hold each other’s weapon hands (their right hands) to show there was no weapon there.(b) Theives lurked about in the dark and men carried swords for defence.(c) Thus , through time , men came to regard the holding of each other’s hand as a greeting and a sign of friendship.(d) Why they were gripping each other’s hands they knew there could be no danger from one another.(e) In olden days there were no lighted streets and no policemen.

1. 2.

3. 4.

EXARCISE- 20.41. (a) Now at last I have been granted success, and I gave thanks.

(b) Seven times I have tried. I have come back and tried again, not with pride and force, not as a soldier to an enemy, but with love, as a child climbs on to the lap of its mother.(c) To climb Everest – Which many people call Chomolungma-is what I have wanted most in my life.(d) “Thujichey”-that is how we say it in Sherpa, “I am grateful”.(e) I have had a dream and it has come true and that is not thing that happens often to men.

2. (a) Most of them are combinations of hydrogen and carbon in varying proportions.(b) The products obtained after refining are used for different purposes.(c) Crude oil comes out of the earth as a strong-smelling, thick, black liquid.(d) They contain various impurities, an so it is necessary to refine crude oil before it can be used.(e) It is a complex mixture of many different substances, who have their own individual qualities.

276

Page 277: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. (a) He was frightened to see it.(b) From that time, the shephered and the lion became good friends.(c) He spoke to it gently and pulled out a thorn from its paw.(d) Long ago, a shephered was roaming in the hot desert land of Arica where he met a lion.(e) But when he saw the lion in terrible pain, he walked towards it.

4. (a) The Calender had gradually become so out of line with the seasons that it was two or three months behind.(b) Ceaser had been to Egypt and seen the advantages of a calendar which used only the sun.(c) When the Romans invaded Britain about 2000 years ago, their calendar was calculated on the phases of the moon.(d) The Emperor, Julious Ceasar, was determined to correct it.(e) So he sought help from a Gree astronomer who lived in the Egyptian city of Alenxandria.

1. 2. 2.

3. 4. 4.

1. (a) Both theories were disproved.(b) Until the beginning of the 20th century it was the most feared enemy of a large part of the world.(c) Some thought that it was caused by the night air and the others thought that it came from infected water.(d) For many years scientist and doctors tried to find secret of how Malaria spread.(e) In showing how Malaria spread, Mason and Ross detected the tiny insect.

2. (a) I was very unhappy to learn on one of these visits that my friend Kunwar Singh had fallen a victim to opium.(b) Malaria had weakened him and he had no strength to give up the bad habit.(c) I was therefore not surprised to find during my last visit to Kaladhungi that Kunwar Singh was seriously ill.(d) Though he made many promises, he had not the moral strength to keep them.(e) After I left school and started working in Bengal, I was only to visit Kaladhungi for three weeks.

3. (a) The rhinocerous walks and the hunter returns to his car to get more film for his camera.(b) The hunter slowly and quietly moves nearer and nearer to the big rhinocerous.(c) The hunter shoots.(d) Thirty metres from the dangerous animal the hunter stops. the rhinocerous does not see, hear or smell him.(e) He shoots again and again.

277

Page 278: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

4. (a) Most of us do this now and then.(b) Every night you dream four or five times between times of deep sleep.(c) They might give you a fright, but bad dreams cannot hurt you.(d) During sleep, if you feel worried about something, your mind may cause you to talk.(e) Usually you cannot remember your dreams, but sometimes, if you are too worried, you might have bad dreams.

1. 2. 2.

3. 4.

* * *

278

Page 279: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

COMPREHENTION PASSAGESUNFAMILIAR PASSAGES(Short – Answer Questions)

I. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below :PRACTICE – 1

1. Lincoln once played a practical joke upon a rich client of his . This man wanted Lincoln to take a poor neighbour to court for not paying back a small sum of two and half dollars. The poor man refused to pay it because, he said, he didn’t really owe it. Lincoln had an idea. He agreed to take up the case if he was paid the dollars, cash down. The client readily paid him the cash. Lincoln at once went and gave the other man five dollars and said, “Now go and pay two and a half dollars to that neighbour of yours and take two and a half dollars for yourself.” Both Lincoln and the poorman gained some money and the rich client was completely satisfied.

1. What did the rich man want Lincoln to do?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. Why did the poor man refuse to pay the amount?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………

3. What did Lincoln do with the money he got from the rich man?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4. What did Lincoln say to the poor man?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. Why was the rich person satisfied?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. There are about two hundred and forty different kinds of snakes in India. There are very small snakes, like the blind snakes and big one like pythnons and Cobras. All snakes are not poisonous, only a few snakes like Cobra, the Krait and the Viper are poisonous. Even some of the poisonous snakes will hurt us only if we hurt them.

Some of the non – poisonous snakes are the blind snakes, the vine snakes and the cat snakes. These are commonly seen by people. Sometimes blind snakes can be seen near water taps and they cause a lot of fear in people. These snakes mainly eat ants. The vine snakes have a smooth deep green colour. They are usually about a metre in length. The cat snakes are brown in colour. These have large eyes and long thin bodies.

279

Page 280: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

1. How many kinds of snakes are there in India?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. Mention the names of some poisonous snakes.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. How are non – poisonous snakes useful to man?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………

4. Which snakes eat only ants?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. Mention the name of some non – poisonous snakes.

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. Among the chief sources of education available to Tagore was a quiet gard en adjoining his family house. Here he used to spend much of his time, absorbing the peace and beauty of nature. It was through his early contact with nature that he acquired that serenity of mood which distinguished him all his life. It was in this garden, too, that he came to understand that the principle of harmony was at work through out the Universe. At the same time, he formed the habit of observing and reflecting on things.

1. What was the chief source of education available to Tagore?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. How did Tagore spend much of his time in the garden?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. How did the garden near Tagore’s house serve him ?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4. By spending his time in the garden, Tagore developed the habit of …..

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………

280

Page 281: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

5. What did he acquire from nature?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

PRACTICE – 2

1. Twenty – five years ago it was a slum, and it is a slum today. The lanes are muddy; the hovels till and sag. Outside one wretched hut, a woman crouching in the sun picks lice from a child’s tangled hair. But in a rutted field nearby, where pigs snuffle and grunt, there is a small , two – room school – house. It’s walls are made of tarred bamboo matting and its gutters are shaped and of soyabeen oil tin, but from with in comes the low, cheerful murmur of children at their lessons.

Into this Calcutta slums, walked a woman in a white saree. She had no income, no savings, no property only five rupees and an inspired calling to help the poorest of India’s poor. She knocked on hovel doors, she put sturdy arms around ragged, bare – footed children, she washed them and, under a tree in the open field, she taught them. Today, Mother Teresa – the woman in the White Saree – is among the best known women in India.

1. How many years ago did it happen?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. Why is it described as a slum?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. What was the inspired calling to her?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4. What changed the woman in the White Saree into the best known woman in India?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. Mother Teresa is the most respected woman of the world because . . .

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. There was a miser who constantly worried that his many valuable possessions would be lost or stolen. He finally decided to sell everything, and taking the proceeds from the sale, converted it, all into a large single lump of solid gold. Unable to bear the thought of losing such a great treasure, he carefully buried it in a hole in the ground, near the compound wall. He would undertake a daily visit to the spot, uncover the gold, gloat over it and then replace in the hole.

281

Page 282: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

This peculiar behaviour of the miser began to arouse the suspicion of a thief who had been loitering in the vicinity for several days. As soon as the miser had left the spot, one evening, the thief quietly went over and dug up the gold. Elated at finding the gold, he quickly disappeared taking the miser’s precious hoard with him. The next day the miser in his usual fashion went to look at his gold, and found nothing. Incredulous, shocked and distressed, he began to cry out so loudly that his neighbour came hurrying over.

Hearing the cause of the miser’s lamentations, he said ‘I’m sorry to learn of your loss. But it is no great matter after all. Just put a stone in the hole. Since you had intention of spending it, the gold lying in a hole uselessly, it is as good as a stone.

1. What did the miser do to rid himself of the worry of losing his valuables?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. What did he do to save his treasure?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. What made the thief suspicious of the miser?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4. “The next day the miser went to look at his gold and found nothing. “What was his immediate reaction?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. What did the neighbour advise him to do?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. The Gonds are a major tribe of Central India . They occupy mainly the Bastar district

of Madhya Pradesh. They belong to the Dravidain family and include Marias and Murias and others. The Maria Gonds are hill people while the Muria Gonds live in the plains of Bastar. They practice cultivation and raise millet, collect forest produce and hunt animals. During the rains, the Maria Gonds search for red ants and squirrels , of which they are very fond of. The Gonds make a drink which is prepared from rice and Mahuva flowers. The Gonds wear a little clothing but are extremely fond of ornaments for which they use beads, cowries shells and even brass articles. Young girls wear small combs made of carved wood, in their hair. These are gifted to them by boys. But once a girl chooses the boy she wants to marry, she returns all the combs except the one gifted by her future husband.

282

Page 283: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

1. To which family do the Gonds belong?

Ans…………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. What do the Maria Gonds hunt and search for?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………

3. From what do they prepare a drink ?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4. What ornaments do they prefer to wear?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. What presents do suitors give to the girls they choose?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

PRACTICE – 3

1. A question often put to the specialist on fishes is,” How long do fishes live?”This puts the specialist in an embarrassing position because he is often unable to give direct answer to this simple question.But actually this question is not as simple as it seems.There are thousands of different kinds of fishes ,and they vary a great deal in size and life span.Moreever, it is not easy to find out just how long a fish lives in its natural state.We can find out how old fish is by studying itds scales,but we cannot say how long more it would have lived if we had not caught it.We may refer fishes and record their lifespan but we cannot be sure that is the length of time they would have lived had they been left alone.We may make marking to show how fast dies of old age we are still not in a position tom know its natural life span.U nlike human beings ,fishes do not stop growing when they reach maturity.They continue to gro w as long as they live.lthough the rate of growth shows down in mature fishes.

1. Why is a question on th e life span of fishes an embarrassing one to the specialist?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. What must we do, if wewant to record the life span of a fish?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. What is the difference between the growth of human beings and that of fishes?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

283

Page 284: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4. Why can’t we decide on the lifespan of a fish by studying in scales?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. Do mature fishes grow faster than young ones, or slower?

Which sentence gives you this information?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. An old man died and left his son a lot of money.But the son was a foolish young man,and he quickly spent all money, so that he had nothing left.Of course, when that happened, all his friends left him.When he was quite poor and alone,he went to see Nasreddin, who was a kind ,clever old man and often helped people when they had troubles.

“My money has finished and my friends have gone”,said the Youngman.”What will happen to me now?”

“Don’t worry,young man,”answered Nasreddin.”Everything will soon be allright again.Wait, and you will soon feel much happier”

The young man was very glad.”Am I going to get rich again then”?he asked Nasreddin.

“No, I don’t “ mean that”,said the old man.”I mean that you would soon get used to being poor and to having no friends.”

1. How did the young man get his money?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. When did his friends leave him?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. What kind of man was Nasreddin?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4. “The young man was very glad”.What do you think the reason for him to be glad?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. “Yoy will soon feel much happier”How could the young man be happier , according to Nassreddin?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

284

Page 285: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. Kabir grew up in a Muslim family , and learned Sanskrit and Persian.He wrote many poems telling people that God is every where.He taught everyone to love god.He said,

“Kabir is the child of Allah and Ram.

”But this made both the Hindus and Muslims angry.They dragged him to the Emperor ho also get angry with him.

“Throw this man into the river !”he said to his soldiers.But Kabir down in the river.

Another time they tried to kill him by locking him up in a hut and setting fire to it.The hut burnt down,but Kabir did not die.Finally they threw him infront of an elephant;the elephant ran away without harming him.

But when Kabir did die,the Muslaims wanted to bury his body;but the Hindus wanted to cremate it.They were fighting over this when they heard a voice from the sky.”Take the cover off my body”.They took the cover off and found only some flowers under it,not

Kabir’s body!

1. What made the Hindus and Muslims angry?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. What didKabir try to teach people?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. The Emperor was angry.What punishment did he give Kabir?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4. What was the dispute between the Hindus and the Muslims over Kabir’s dead body?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. What did people find when they took the cover off the dead body?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

1. Most middle –aged people worry about their health.They are afraid of old age,they don’t want to be old,sick and alone.They would like to be strong,fat and young again,but they think they are’over the hill’ to old.

Geriatricians doctors for older people are studying how people grow old.They are learning how people might be healthy at any age.First, it is important exercise for example,swim,walk,play tennis,dance or play a team sport such as volley ball.Exercise is for everyone, not only for young people.

Second, people need to exercise their minds to think! It is omportant at every age to study, read and talk to people.Third, people need to eat a lot of vegetables and fruits

285

Page 286: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

and not much meat or sugar.Fourth, everyone needs to relax.People might try meditation! A 1989 study tells us something interesting.If older people meditate, they remember more and live longer!

1. What do middle- aged people want to be?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. There are four things that are necessary to be healthy.What are they?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. How does meditation help?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4. Can you explain the expression ‘over the hill’?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. What message does this passage give to middle-aged people?

Ans: …………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………

* * *

286

Page 287: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

UNFAMILIAR PASSAGES

(Selecting Correct Statements)PRACTICE – 4

I. Read the following passage.Even though the modern Olympic Games are patterned after those held

in Ancient Greece, there are many important differences.The games are still held every four years, as in ancient times. In those

days, wars were stopped so that the games could take place but in 1916, 1940 and 1944 they were not held because of World War I and World War II.

The original Olympics were always held in Olympiad Greece. Each modern Olympiad is held in or near a different city in the world.

The earlier games were open only to Greek citizens and athletes from Mediterranean countries. The modern games encourage all nations to compete.

Another big difference is that events for women have become a major part of the modern games. And the female winners receive the same honours as the men who win.

In the ancient games, there were honours for cultural achievements. Modern competition is almost entirely athletic. Many of the contests held in the modern Olympics were unkown in early times. These include bicycle and boat racing, football, basket ball, judo, rifle-shooting and water – polo.

One of the most popular events of the modern Olympics is the marathon. This very tiring twenty-six mile foot race over an open course is the supreme test of the runners’ endurance. The marathon was not a part of the ancient Olympics although it originated in Greece. And finally, a more recent development in the Olympics is the winter games which were started in 1924. They are held separately from the summer games but in the same year. The winter Olympics provide competition in skilling speed and figure skating, ice hockey and rifle-shooting. Such cold weather sports could have never developed in the warm climate of Greece.Now read the following statements and find SIX of them which are in agreement with the above passage. Write the above passage. Write the letters of TRUE statements only.

a) The original games were played in different cities of Greece.b) Probably the word Olympics comes from the name of a place in Greece.c) The modern games are not held in the same city each time.d) The participants in the earlier Olympics came from different nations.e) Greece is not the only nation represented in the modern Olympics.f) Women did not participate in the ancient Olympic games.G) Cultural competitions are an important part of the modern games.h) Foot ball, basket ball and judo were popular events in the earlier games.i) The marathon is the longest foot race in the modern Olympics.j) The Greeks included the marathon in the earlier games because it was the toughest

race.

1) ………….. 2) ………….. 3) ………….. 4) ………….. 5) ………….. 6) …………..

II. Read the following passage.Television is one of the wonders of our age. By turning the switch on a

box – like instrument in our own house, we can see events that are happening many

287

Page 288: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

miles away. Watching television is like watching a film at the cinema; the only difference is that, instead of a large screen at the cinema, we have here a small screen made of glass and fixed to a box which is not bigger than radio, and just as by turning the switch on the radio, we can hear music or speech put out from distant radios. We can, with television, watch dramas and films put on at special studios which we have never visited. The word ‘television’ it self means ‘seeing from a distance’. ‘Tele’ is Greek word which means ‘at a distance’ and ‘vision’ comes from Latin meaning ‘see’.

How does television work? It involves the sending out (or transmission) of pictures from one place and getting in (or reception) of those pictures at many other places.

Let us first see how the transmission is done. This may be a meeting, a play or a cricket match. Whatever it is, the first thing to do is so convert the event into a series of pictures, through a television camera. Now a television camera is not like an ordinary film camera. It does not take a complete picture of a scene. What it does is to break the picture up into a series of parallel lines very close to one another.Now read the following statements and find SIX of them which are in agreement with the above passage. Write the letters of TRUE statements only.

a) A television – box is slightly bigger than a radio.b) Both the small television screen and the large screen at the cinema are made of glass.c) The television screen is much smaller than the cinema screen.d) The television is a recent invention.e) The ‘television’ is made up of two words taken from Greek.f) An ordinary film camera converts an event into a series of complete pictures.g) Transmission takes place from where an event such as a meeting, a play or a cricket

match is happening.h) The television camera, unlike the film camera breaks the picture up into a series of

parallel lines.i) By just turning a switch on the radio, we can watch dramas and films happening many

miles away.j) Transmission takes place from several places through television and reception takes

place at one spot only.

1) ………….. 2) ………….. 3) ………….. 4) ………….. 5) ………….. 6) …………..

III Read the following passage.Progress in life depends a good deal on crossing one threshold after

another. Sometimes ago a man watched his little nephew try to write his name. It was a hard work, a very hard work. The little boy had arrived at an effort to clear a threshold. Today he writes his name with comparative ease. Some people make the mistakes of steering clear of thresholds. Anything that requires genuine thinking and use of energy, they avoid. Some middle – aged and elderly people greatly enrich their lives by continuing to cross thresholds. One man went into an entirely new business when he was past middle life made a success of it. De Morgan did not start to write novels until he was past middle life made a success of it. De Morgan did not start to write novels until he was past sixty. Psychologists have discovered that man can continue to learn throughout life. And it is undoubtedly better to try, and fail, than not to try at all. This, one can be placed in the category of the Swiss mountaineer of

288

Page 289: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

whom it was said, “He died climbing”. When a new difficulty rises to obstruct your path, do not complain. Accept the challenge. Determine to cross this threshold as you have crossed numerous other thresholds in your past life. In the words of the poet, ‘do not rest but strive to pass from dream to dream!’Now read the following statements and find SIX of them which are in agreement with the above passage. Write the letters of TRUE statements only.

a) Progress in life depends on good habits.b) Real progress in life is obstructed by avoiding the use of thinking and energy.c) De Morgan’s in life teaches us that it is futile to learn many things.d) ‘He died climbing’ signifies he strove hard till the last moment of his life.e) Middle – aged and elderly people add brilliance to their lives by overcoming one

difficulty after another.f) De Morgan started to write novels when he was below fifty.g) When a new difficulty obstructs our path be bold and face it.h) A man entering a new business past middle life dropped the business after sometime.i) ‘To pass from dream to dream’ means always having greater and greater aspiration in

life.j) By learning to write his name his nephew has crossed the threshold.

1) ………….. 2) ………….. 3) ………….. 4) ………….. 5) ………….. 6) …………..

PRACTICE – 5

IV. Read the following passage.Anaesthesia in any part if the body means a loss of sensation, either

permanent of temporary. The term is usually used to describe the artificially produced loss of sensation which makes a surgical operation painless.

Aneasthetics may be given as gases, by inhalations or as drugs injected into a vein. These are four main types of aneasthesia: general, spinal regional and local. A patient given anaesthesia loses consciousness. Anaesthesia of a fairly large area of the body results canal all the portion of the body below the level at which the drug is injected is anaesthetized. Regional anaesthesia induced by this method affects only that area of the body supplied by those nerves. In local anaesthesia, the drug is injected at the site of the perative incision and sometimes also into the nearby surrounding tissues.

Formerly, the most commonly used local anaesthistic was cocaine, a drug extracted from the leaves of the coca bush and introduced in 1879. But cocaine has some disadvantages and some times undesirable side effects. For spinal, regional and local anesthesia, procaine, or one of several modifications of procaine is now widely used instead of cocaine.Now read the following statements and find SIX of them which are in agreement with the above passage. Write the letters of TRUE statements only.

a) Anaesthesia always means a temporary loss of sensation in a certain part of the body.b) Anaesthesia helps make a surgical operation painless.c) Anaesthesia is of four main types.d) Anaesthesia are always injected into a patient’s body.e) General anaesthesia induces loss of consciousness.f) A person who is given spinal anaesthesia does not lose his consciousness.

289

Page 290: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

g) Local anaesthetics are generally injected at the site of the operation.h) Formerly, cocaine was used as a general anaesthetic.i) Cocaine is obtained from the leaves of the coca bush.j) Cocaine has no side-effects.

1) ………….. 2) ………….. 3) ………….. 4) ………….. 5) ………….. 6) …………..

V. Read the following passage.Jesus Owens’ father was a farmer ; his grandfather was a slave. Because

of poverty he came down with pneumonia every winter. “A couple of those winters, when my father could not find enough wood to keep the fire going in our little card-board house, I came to never seeing spring” he recalled.

Everyone in the Owens family was expected to work. At the age of seven Jesus had to pick nearly 50 kilos of cotton every day. When he was nine, his family moved to Cleaveland where he worked in a petrol station and a grocery shop. But even in the misery of poverty, Jesse had drams. His contact with athletics came in the fifth standard when the physical education teacher Charley Riley approached him to join the school team. But Jesse had a problem : he had to work after school. Riley was so keen to have him in the team that he suggested that Jesse train before school hours. Riley was perhaps the first kind whiteman Owens knew. In addition to the training, he brought food so that Jesse could not put some flesh on his bones. The determination of Riley and the dedication of Owens finally succeeded in 1993, when although still at school , Jesse equaled the 100 yards world record of 9.4 seconds.Now read the following statements and find SIX of them which are in agreement with the above passage. Write the letters of TRUE statements only.

a) Jesse Owens’ father was a slave.b) The Owens family lived in a little cardboard house.c) “I came close to never seeing spring” means that Owens was lying in the bed months

together .d) Except Owens everyone in his family worked hard.e) Owens worked at two places in Cleaveland.f) As Owens was down with Pneumonia, he had no dreams.g) Owens was interested in athletics.h) Owens practiced athletics after school hours.i) Charley Riley not only trained him but also fed him well.j) When Owens equaled the world record for the first time, he was still a student.

1) …………. 2) ………….. 3) ……….. 4) ……….. 5) ………..6) …………..

VI. Read the following passage:Have you ever heard a parrot talk? People who hear on for the first time

are surprised and pleased to hear a bird speak like a man. But it seems that no one knows yet how a bird is able to do this. Some people think parrots can talk because of their tongues, like our tongues are large and thick. Perhaps this kind of tongue does help ; but on tall talking birds have thick tongues. For example, mynahs talk, but their tongues are not large and thick. Hawks and eagles do have such tongues, and can’t talk. Is it because parrots are cleverer than other birds? This doesn’t seem to be the reason either. Actually, people believe that parrots do not understand the meaning of their own

290

Page 291: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

words. They only know that some words and some actions go together. When the telephone rings, and they see somebody pick it up, for example, some of hem learn to say, ‘Hello, hello’, Who is speaking? Perhaps parrots talk because their voices and hearing work more slowly than those of their birds. And perhaps also the sounds made by men are somewhat like the sounds made by parrots ; so it’s easy for parrots to talk like men.Now read the following statements and find SIX of them which are in agreement with the above passage. Write the letters of TRUE statements only.

a) No one knows how a bird is able to talk like men.b) Hawks and eagles also can talk like a parrot.c) All taking birds have not thick tongues.d) Parrots may talk but they do not understand the meaning of the words they use.e) Parrots can talk because hey are cleverer than other non – talking birds.f) Parrots’ voices and hearing work seem to be somewhat slow.g) People have found out how parrots can talk.h) Parrots only know that some words and some actions go together.i) The sounds made by men are similar to those of the parrots.j) Parrots can talk because their tongues are thick.

1) …………. 2) ………….. 3) ……….. 4) ……….. 5) ………..6) …………..

* * *

291

Page 292: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

UNFAMILIAR PASSAGES(Multiple Choice Answers)

PRACTICE – 6

I. Read the following passage.During the Second World War, the coming and going of ships was vital

for Britain’s survival. The Germans wanted to destroy ships coming to Britain with food and ammunition. So allow round the coast they dropped mines, which were bombs made so that they would go off when a ship came near them. Some of these were magnetic mines which exploded when a steel ship came near. Later the Germans invented a version called acoustic mines which went off at the sound of a ship’s engine. Sometimes the mines were dropped on land by mistake often in places where, if they exploded, they would kill many people and do an enormous amount of damage. Then they had to be disarmed or taken to pieces quickly before they could explode. This was a very dangerous work for the experts.

Now complete the following statements. In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book.

1. The Germans laid mines around Britain. [ ](a) to prevent British soldiers from going to Germany.(b) to protect German supply ships from the British navy.(c) to weaken Britain economically by sinking ships carrying her exports(d) to prevent ships with supplies from reaching Britain.

2. Amine is type of bomb that [ ](a) explodes only when it is under water.(b) explodes when a ship goes near it.(c) explodes if it is removed from water.(d) is of poor quality and does not explode when dropped.

3. Mines lying on land need urgent attention because [ ](a) their explosive power is much greater out of water.(b) their explosion would guide the enemy to military bases.(c) the British experts did not know how they were made.(d) they could kill and wound many civilians.

II. Read the following passage.It is often difficult for a man to be quite sure what tax he ought to pay to

the Government because it depends on so many different things. But a certain artist was always very careful to pay the proper amount. One year, after posting his cheque as usual, he began to wonder if he had paid enough, and after a lot of work with a pencil and paper, decided that he had not. He was just writing another cheque to send to the ta collector when the post man brought him a letter. Opening it, the artist found inside it a cheque for five pounds from the tax-collector. The official explained that too much had been paid, and that therefore, the extra amount was now returned to the tax payer.

292

Page 293: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

The artist was not only surprised, but was also worried. He worked over his figures once more, but at the end he still believed that he owed the Government something. He therefore wrote to the official and said, “I thank you for your cheque for five pounds, but I think that, if you study the figures again, you will find that a mistake has been made”.

Now complete the following statements. In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book.

1. What was the artist in the story trying to do ? [ ](a) to pay less tax than he should (b) to test tax-collector’s honesty(c) to pay his tax correctly (d) to get back tax he had paid.

2. When the artist got a five-pound cheque from the tax-collector, why was he surprised and worried? [ ](a) He thought he’d gone wrong in his calculation.(b) He was thinking of paying much less tax.(c) He was hoping to get back more money.(d) He thought he’d got somebody else’s cheque

3. What did the tax-collector think when he got the artist’s letter saying ”… you will find that a mistake has been done”. [ ](a) The artist would pay some more tax.(b) The artist expected to get back less than five pounds.(c) The cheque had been sent to the artists by mistake.(d) The artist expected to get back more money

III. Read the following passage.About this time a French scientist called Henri Bacquerel had discovered that certain substances such as uranium and pitchblende (a mineral containing uranium) were radio-active, that is, they sent out energy in invisible rays. Becquerel’s experiments fascinated the Curies. What were these invisible rays ? What was the nature of their energy? Also, Bacquerel’s experiments led them to believe that pitchblende contains, besides uranium, another substance which was more radioactive than uranium. What was this substance? After eight years of hard and silent work, experimenting with hundreds of substances, the Curies were at last able to prove the existence of the new substance. They called it ‘Radium’, because it possessed the highest radio-activity among known radio-active substances.

Now complete the following statements. In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book. 3 x ½ = 1½

1. Becquerel discovered that [ ](a) all substances were radio-active (b) only radium was radio-active(c) uranium and pitchblende were radio-active(d) certain minerals were radio-active

2. The curies believed that [ ](a) a pitchblende was more radio-active than uranium.(b) both pitchblende and uranium were radio-active(c) there was another substance in pitchblende more radio-active than, uranium

293

Page 294: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

(d) Uranium was highly radio-active.3. The Curies discovered [ ]

(a) radium (b) uranium(c) pitchblende (d) radio-activity

PRACTICE – 7IV. Read the following passage.

It said to be just sixty years since the first telephone was introduced in England. Certainly it is rare to her anybody speaking well of the telephone.

The telephone takes it for granted that it has right to break in on you at any hour of the day. It does not care whether you are sleeping or eating or working. It claims priority of treatment above all your enjoyments, and gaves a false sense of urgency to the most trivial message. Many people use secretaries, clerks and servants as a first line of defence, but the ordinary man is easily lured in to talking over the telephone to people to whom he would not have time to talk face to face.Now complete the following statements. In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book. 3 x ½ = 1½

1. The first telephone was introduced in England [ ](a) many years ago (b) after sixty years(c ) short while ago (d) sixty years ago

2. The cause of our hostility towards the telephone many be because [ ](a) it in flates expenditure (b) gets out of order when it is needed most( c) gives a false sense of urgency to most trivial message(d) it is a public nuisance.

3. The first line of defence used by many people in their day to day work is[ ](a) time – keeper (b) secretary, clerk( c) telephone (d) stranger

V. Read the following :Eskimos live in houses called igloos. An igloo is made of large square

pieces of ice. But the igloo itself isn’t square- it looks like half a big white ball standing on white field of ice. It has a low opening for a door. It even has a window which is just a hole covered with a thin sheet of ice which lets the light in An Eskimo can builds an igloo for his family in an hour.

Inside this house, an Eskimo sleeps on a bed made of hard snow. He uses skins of animals for sheets and covers. There is always a lamp burning inside the house, which gives the light and are it is also used for cooking. The lamp is made of soapstone. It is filled with blubber, an oily material got from whales, which burns easily. Over the lamp is placed a cooking pot, also made of soapstone. Men, women and children wear clothing made of fur. When it is very old, they wear two layers of fur clothing, one on top of the other. The first layer has the hair turned inwards and the second layer has the hair turned outwards. When it is warm one layer of seal skin is enough.

294

Page 295: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

Now complete the following statements. In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book. 3 x ½ = 1½

1. Eskimos make igloos out of large pieces of . . . [ ](a) ice (b) soapstone (c) blubber (d) fur

2. Both the lamp and cooking pot are made of . . . . [ ](a) layers of fur (b) white shield of ice(c) seal skin ` (d) soapstone

3. A hole covered with a thin sheet of ice serves as a . . . [ ](a) window (b) door (c) means of light (d) ventilator

VI. Read the following passage :In the White House Abraham Lincoln quietly, sadly and ably guided the

nation. Men complained about him, he listened quietly and without anger. Men worked against him, and he did not turn against them. His great heart was full of grief, he loved peace ; he was strong and determined to go on to the end. Slowly, the ordinary people of the country began to know that in the White House there was a great President and a great man.

Lincoln had one serious fault one which often troubled the officers of the army very much. He loved people, and he could understand and forgive their weaknesses perhaps more than was best. He found it difficult, for example, to permit the army courts to have a soldier shot for running away during a battle or for falling asleep while on guard duty. He wanted to forgive them and give them a second chance, and their officers did not like it. A mother’s tears, a baby’s cry, a story of misfortune these touched his heart.Now complete the following statements. In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book. 3 x ½ = 1½

1. When the men worked against him, Lincoln . . . . [ ](a) turned against them (b) did not turn against them(c) remained quiet and calm (d) grieved very much

2. The army officers were often troubled because . . . . [ ](a) Lincoln didn’t love them (b) Lincoln’s heart was full of grief(c) The soldiers fell asleep while on guard duty(d) Lincoln pardoned the ordinary weaknesses of the soldiers.

3. Lincoln would forgive the erring soldiers in order to . . . . [ ](a) give them a second chance (b) let them free(c) suspend them from duty (d) surrender them to the army courts

PRACTICE – 8VII. Read the following passage .

Sir Alexander Fleming was the discoverer of the first powerful ‘antibiotic’ which was absolutely safe for normal people to use. An antibiotic, like and antiseptic does not kill germs directly but prevents them from multiplying. The

295

Page 296: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

dangerous effects of a disease are caused by the poisons or ‘toxins’ produced by germs which have got into the body. When there are only a few germs the body itself can cope with them, but they may multiply so rapidly that the natural defences break down and the patient dies. The germs cannot win unless they can produce more new germs than the body is able to destroy, and an antibiotic prevents them from producing any new ones at all.Now complete the following statements. In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book. 3 x ½ = 1½

1. Penicillin was the first most powerful [ ](a) antibiotic (b) antiseptic (c) toxin (d) germ

2. An antibiotic [ ](a) kills germs directly (b) prevents germs from multiplying(c) prevents germs from producing poison (d) prevents germs from entering the body

3. A disease becomes dangerous when [ ](a) there are only a few germs in the body(b) the germs multiply rapidly and the body is unable to destroy them(c) the body is not able to produce more germs(d) the body is not able to produce antibodies

VIII. Read the following :There is one thing that is yours alone, which no one else can have, and

that is your fingerprint. You leave your fingerprints behind when you touch anything. The Chinese were the first people to know this. So they used a thumb print instead of a signature on very important papers. A signature can be copied but a thumbprint can’t.

In the late nineteenth century the real importance of fingerprints became know. A man called Sir Francis Galton began to study the lines on finger tips. He found that no two people had the same pattern of lines. He also learnt that the lines do not change as a person grows older.

The people saw at once how fingerprints could help them. The began to keep records of the fingerprints of people who were know to be thieves.

When the police want to find out whether a person has stolen anything before, they take his fingerprints and compare them with those they have. With so many prints on record, it would seem very hard to check but the police can usually find out in a few minutes.Now complete the following statements. In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book. 3 x ½ = 1½

1. The Chinese were the first [ ](a) to discover fingerprints.(b) to know that we leave our fingerprints on anything we touch.(c) to use signatures on important papers. (d) to use fingerprints for crime detection.

2. The Chinese used thumbprints instead of signatures because [ ](a) thumbprints cannot be copied. (b) signatures cannot be copied.(c) it is easier to affix thumb impressions. (d) they maintained a record of thumbprints.

296

Page 297: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. Sir Galton found that [ ]

(a) only two people had the same patterns of line on the finger tips.

(b) the pattern of lines on the finger tips of no tow person grew older.

(c) the lines on the finger tips changed as a person grew older.

(d) the pattern of lines on the finger tips of no two thieves are alike.

IX. Read the following passage :

About seven hundred years ago Arghun Khan, the King of Persia, wanted to marry a Chinese princess. He sent messengers to the great Khan of China. They took two years to reach him. The great King of China choose a beautiful young princess to go to Perisa and marry Arghun Khan. At about the time the princess was getting ready for her journey, Arghun Khan died in Persia. But the news took years to reach China. So the princess left for Persia knowing nothing about the matter. In her party there were more than 2000 people, traveling in fourteen ships. Six hundred of them died during the long and difficult journey. The party reached Persia more than two years after they started from China, and then they heard of Arghun Khan’s death! His son was king now ; and the princess married him instead of Arghun Khan!

To day one can travel from China to Persia in a jet plane in about six hours. News travels much faster than that, one can turn the radio, on and listen to the news of a cricket match going on the England or Australia. This big difference is the result of science, for science has given us the radio and the jet plane. Science has changed the world, and it has come to play a very important part in the daily life of every one of us.

Now complete the following statements.In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book. 3 x ½ = 1½

1. Arghun Khan, the king of Persia [ ]

(a) went to China to marry a Chinese princess.

(b) wanted the Khan of China to send him a beautiful princess to marry him.

(c) send his soldiers to bring him a beautiful Chinese bride.

(d) requested the great Khan of China to marry a beautiful young princess.

2. By the time the prince4ss left for Persia [ ]

(a) The news reached China that Arghun Khan had died.

(b) Arghun Khan had died, but nobody in China received the news.

(c) The new reached the great Khan that Arghun Khan had died.

(d) Arghun Khan informed the great Khan of China that he did not need the bride.

3. The incident cannot take place today because [ ]

(a) there are no kings and princesses now.

(b) today people and news travel very fast between countries.

(c) the Persian kings are not allowed by the Chinese rulers to marry Chinese princesses.

(d) the Persians and the Chinese can now marry only from their own respective countries.

297

Page 298: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

PRACTICE – 9

X. Read the following passage :A gentle man once advertised for a boy to assist him in his office and

nearly fifty boys applied for the job. After a short time he chose one out of the whole number ; and sent all the rest away. “I should like to know said a friend, “On what grounds you chose that boy. He had a great many recommendation with him.” “You are mistaken,” answered the gentleman. “He had a great many. He wiped his feet when he came in, and closed the door after him, showing that he was orderly and tidy. He gave up his seat instantly to that lame old man, showing that he was courteous. He lifted up the book which I had purposely placed on the floor, and put it on the table, while all the rest stepped over it or pushed it a side. When I talked with him, I noticed that his clothes were carefully brushed, his hair in nice order, and his teeth as white as milk. When he wrote, he waited quietly for his turn, instead of pushing the others aside. Don’t you call these letters of recommendations ? I do, what I can tell about a boy using my eyes for ten minutes, is worth all the fine letters he can bring me?Now complete the following statements.In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book. 3 x ½ = 1½

1. The gentleman’s friend said that [ ](a) the boy was a very good choice . (b) the boy was not qualified.(c) the boy was without a recommendation. (d) the interview was not properly conducted.

2. The gentleman found that the boy was orderly and tidy because [ ](a) he had washed himself and put on clean clothes(b) he wiped his feet when he came in and closed the door after him.(c) he had combed his hair and brushed his teeth.(d) he was soft spoken and gentle in manners.

3. The gentleman asked the question “don’t you call these letters of recommendations” to[ ]

(a) the boy (b) the lame man (c) his friend (d) the readers

XI. Read the following passage :

The Golden Tempel stands in the city of Amristar. It is most sacred to the Sikhs. It stands in the heart of the city of Amritsar. In fact, the city grew up round the temple.

The temple stand sin the centre of a big tank which is always full to the brim with clear water. The tank was excavated by Guru Ram Das Ji in the year 1589. On all the four sides of the tank runs a broad path paved with beautiful marble tiles. A marble cause way leads to the temple proper. The walls of the temple are also build of marble. There are beautiful floral decorations on the walls. These are inlaid with precious stones. The temple has a gilded dome. It has four doors instead of one. The temple is open to all castes and creeds. The reflection of the temple in the clear water of the tank is a sight to see.

Now complete the following statements. In each case write down the number of the statement and your choice in your answer book. 3 x ½ = 1½

298

Page 299: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

1. Guru Ram Das Ji excavat ed the tank . . . [ ]

(a) at the centre of which stands the Golden Temple

(b) which leads to the temple of Amritsar.

(c) which lies near the Golden Temple (d) which contains little water

2. The broad path round the tank . . . [ ]

(a) is made of marble (b) is paved with marble tiles

(c) is inlaid with precious stones (d) consists of a floral design

3. The tank gives a clear reflection of . . . . [ ]

(a) the temple standing in its midst (b) the Sikhs who came to pray

(c) the precious stones (d) the marble tiles

********

299

Page 300: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

22. RECOGNITION OF STYLES IN LETTERS

1. Given below is an advertisement which appeared in ‘Deccean Chronicle’. Write an application to the address given, requesting for further details of the course you want to do and also the prospectus.

excellent English ! minimum expense :Limited seats available

Two separate courses for High schoolStudents / Leavers(i) Speak fluently ?

(ii) Write accurately ?Timing : Choice is yours !

1 Hr. Class – 3 days a week(7 a.m to 7 p.m)

on all days.

Write immediately to :The Principal,

P.Box No : 15384 ,C.o Deccan Chronicle.

2. Imagine that the letter given below is from a friend of yours. Read it carefully and write a reply to him/her.

56, Happy Home , Temple

street, Cuddapah,

29th Aug, 1999.

My dear friend.I’m sorry I’ve not been able to write to you for a very long time. I was busy

with my studies and examination. How are you? How are you preparing for the examination ?

In the month of October, when we have holidays. I plan to visit a few important places in Andhra Pradesh. Could you please suggest a few places which are worth visiting ? Are there any famous gardens, parks, museums, temples, mosques, forts, etc ? I am looking forward to your reply to plan this trip.

Awaiting your reply ,Your loving

friend,

Sudha.

300

Page 301: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

3. Given below is an advertisement which appeared in a newspaper. Write a letter to the address given in it, seeking details about the course and also requesting for the prosperctus.

Practical Radio and Television CourseFresh batches starting from 6-1-2000 Morning as well as Evening

Classes, coaching by experienced tutorsFor details, write to :

Deccan Institute of Electronics,316, Bank street,

Hyderabad – 500025.

4. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper :SECOND HAND AMASSADOR CAR FOR SALE

Excellent conditionContact : V. Subramaniam, 17 Hunter Road, Warangal – 2

Your uncle is interested in buying a second hand car. He asks you to write to Mr. Subramaniam asking for details such as the model of the car, distance traveled, expected price, etc. Write the letter on behalf of your uncle.

5. Given below is an advertisement which appeared in a newspaper , Read it.EARN WHILE YOU LEARN

We need smart youngmen and women for door – to – door campaigning toPopularize our household appliances

Contact : Good Living Products371/2 , Subash Nagar,

Vijayawada – 7

You are interested in earning some money working during weekends and holidays. Write to Good. Living Products asking for details such as the kind of appliances they sell, the nature of work, payment that can be expected.

6. Read the following advertisement which appeared in news paper :

EXCELLENT COACHING FOR MEDICAL ENTRANCE EXAMSDowell coaching centre2-42/B , Santhoshnagar,

Anantapur – 2

Write to the coaching centre asking for details such as the duration of the coaching classes, timings, fee , etc.

7. Read the following advertisement which appeard in a newspaper .

Photography workshop20-25 June

Meet eminent photographersWin prizes for your work

For details contact :Secretary, Photoview,

301

Page 302: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

36-A, Amber gardens, HyderabadYou are interested in attending the workshop. Write to the address given asking for details such as the fees for the workshop, where it is going to be held, information about the prize scheme, etc.

8. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper.

TREKKERS CLUB – SUMMER PROGRAMMENilgiris – Apr. 15-25

(Leaving base camp Mettupalayam 14 April, 2000, 15 trekkers)Mahadev Hills : May 1 – 10

(Leaving Bhopal 39 April, 2000, 20 trekkers)Applications are invited from young persons aged between 16 and 24, indicating the choice of trek. Contact Secretary, Trekkars Club, New Stadium, Khelur. Write to the address given asking for details regarding fees, equipment necessary, etc.

9. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper :BOYER & BOYER

needs fields Sales Officers (Hyderabad) with a flair for sellingCandidates without experience may also apply.

Apply sating the salary expected,Post Box 567 – Deccan Chronicle, Secundrabad – 3

Write an application for he above job in the form of a letter. Explain why you consider yourself fit for the job.

10. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper :

WONDERFUL OPPORTUNITESfor smart young men and women

Earn during your school/college holidays.Contact :

Wearwell Readymade Garments,3-32/C, M.G.Road. Vijayawada – 4

Write a letter to the address given in the advertisement asking for information on the nature of work salary, working hours, etc.

11. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper :Summer Camp for Children

20 Apr – 15 MayPlenty of opportunitiesFor Fun and Learning

A variety of courses to Choose fromFLORLIC CENTRE

15, Pot Market,Vijayawada

You want to join one of the courses, write to FROLIC CENTRE asking for details such as the courses offered, fees, and timings.

302

Page 303: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

12. Given below is an advertisement which appeared in the pamphlets distributed in your town.

A CLASSICALO DANCE PROGRAMMEOrganized by the Employees’ Recreation Club, Utnoor

to raise donation to the ‘KARGIL’S SOLDIERS WELFARE FUND’Venue : E.R.C, Utnoor

Time : 7-00 p.m on 27-7-1999Ticket value : Rs. 100/- minimum

Write a letter to your close friend inviting him/her to attend the show with you.

13. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper.

A GOLDEN OPPORTUNITYfor smart, persuasive young men and women

You may earn up to Rs.100 every day during week – endsby selling door-to-door our quality plastic kitchen-ware and toys

For details, contact :Home equipment,

420, Maaya Bazaar, Hyderabad – 1

Write a letter to the address given in the advertisement asking for information on working hours, salary, transport etc.

14. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper :

ESCAPE THE HEAT ; ENJOY THE SUMMER !We arrange tours during April – May to resorts in the south like Ooty and

Kodaikanal. We have a fleet of air – conditioned coachesfor your comfortable journey.

For details, contact Summer Travels, 20, Cool Towers, Hyderabad – 500001This summer you are planning to visit Ooty with your friends. Write a letter to the address in the advertisement asking for details about the cost and duration of the trip, accommodation in places of stop over, etc.

15. Read the following advertisement which appeard in a newspaper :WANTED

Smart young girls and boysAs sales assistants

At a Home products ExhibitionFrom 10 April – 24 April

Attractive salary and perksPleasing personality and knowledge of spoken English & Telugu

Contact :AVR Appliances, Veejay Towers, M.I.Road,

Vijayawada – 12Write a letter applying for the job advertised. Say, why you consider yourself suitable for the job.

303

Page 304: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

16. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper:WANTED

A smart young person as a guidefor a middle –aged American couple

during their travel and stay in Andhra PradeshThe right person must have an excellent knowledge of

local history and customs, For details, write to :R.B. Ahrens, Room No. 209, Taj Residency,

Hyderabad-16

Write a letter to the address above asking for information about job details, travel requirements, salary, working hours and duration.

17. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper :

WANTEDA reputed chain of hotels needs

To work at its branches in ANDHRA PRADESH.Candidates should have good proficiency

in English and knowledge of the local languagefor details , write to :

Post Box No 717, AP chronicle,12, Tank Bund Road , Hyderabad.

Write a letter to the address above asking for details of qualifications, salary, working hours, etc.

18. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper :FACELIFT COSMETICS

requires smart young salespersons at theirvarious braches throughout Andhra Pradesh.

Candidates should have good communication skillsin English and knowledge of the local language

For details, contact :FACELIFT COSMETICS

192, Rashtrapati Road, Secunderabad.Write a letter to the above address asking for details of qualifications, working hours, salary and/or commission. etc.

19. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper :WANTED

A well – known supermarket chain requires smart young boys and girlsto work at its branches in Andhra Pradesh

Candidates should be proficient in English and TeluguMust have a pleasing manner.

Must be prepared to work long hours at weekends and on holidays.Salary : Rs, 3000/- p.m + bonus

P.O. Box 3297, The Daily Chronical, 32-1-432, Mehtab Gardens,Hyderabad – 500078

Write the letter to the address above applying for the job. State your qualifications and any other details that you consider necessary.

304

Page 305: ENGLISH GRAMMAR & COMPOSITION

Gowtham Concept School VIII (State) English Grammar

20. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper:WANTED

A guide-cum-interpreterto accompany American couple travelling in Andhra Pradesh

Must have excellent knowledge of English and TeluguKnowledge of local history and customs desirable.

Generous terms for right candidate.Contact : S.P. Rumsfeld, Room No : 216,

Gateway Hotel, M.G.Road.Bangalore – 670 006

Write a letter to the address given above asking for details of salary, working hours, duration, travel, accommodation, etc.

21. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper :WANTED

A supermarket in a smart locality requiresSales Assistants

Candidates should be proficient in English,Hindi and Telugu.

Must have a pleasing personality,patience, and wrillingness to help.

Must be physically fit as the job requireslong hours on your feet.

Will be required to work at weekends.Salary : 1600 p.m + performance bonus

Post Box 4679, The Daily Courier,Maitri Vihar, SP Road,Hyderavad – 500 027

Write a letter to the address above applying for the job. State your qualifications and any other details that you consider necessary.

22. Read the following advertisement which appeared in a newspaper :WANTED

Receptionists for a newly – opened 3-Star hotelin Visakhapatnam

Candidates should be proficient in English,Hindi and Telugu.

Knowledge of a foreign languagewill be an added qualification.

Must be computer-literate.Must have a pleasing manner and good

communication skills.Attractive Salary

P.O. Box 3297, The City Chronicle,CVR Complex, MG Road,

Hyderabad – 500 018.Write a letter to the address above applying for the job. State your qualifications and any other details that you consider necessary.

* * *305